CHAPTER XLIII

 

DISTRICT CRIME RECORD BUREAU/CITY CRIME RECORD BUREAU, STATE CRIME RECORD BUREAU, NATIONAL CRIME RECORD BUREAU AND COMPUTERISATION

 

1.  DISTRICT CRIME RECORD BUREAU

 

1701.    (1) At the headquarters of each district, a Crime Record Bureau is located headed by an officer of the rank of a Deputy  Superintendent of  Police.  The Bureau is under the direct control of the Superintendent of Police.  Its primary duty is to collect, record and disseminate information about crime in the district and movements and activities of inter-state and inter-district criminals.  It will keep in constant touch with the incidence of crime and movements of criminals in other districts.  It will deal only with active habitual criminals who commit crime against property and whose activities extend over more than one station.  It will not take up investigation of cases but will advise and offer suggestions to the Investigating Officers on crime and criminals on the basis of the records maintained by it.  In important cases of organised crime, an officer of the Bureau may be placed at the disposal of the local police in order to collect any particular information or make any special enquiry, but such officer will, on no account, take the investigation out of the hands of the local Investigating Officer.

 

            (2) In addition to giving advice and suggestions to Investigating Officers, it should also supply classified information to superior officers for the purpose of directing investigation and controlling crime.

 

            (3) In order that the Bureau may serve its purpose fully and well, it is important that officers who obtain information which may be useful to others must promptly communicate it to the Bureau.

 

            (4) The District Crime Record Bureau should send information asked for in the prescribed form to the  State Crime Record Bureau headquartered at Bangalore.  In the case of computerised information, the floppies containing the information should be sent to the State Crime Record Bureau.

 

1702.    Every DCRB/CCRB  is provided with a well equipped photography section  with a purpose to take photograph of important scene of crime, accident spots and criminals. The photos can be of great assistance to the I.Os in the detection of crimes as well as their prosecution. They are required

for bringing up the records not only at DCRB but also at SCRB. The photos are valuable components of the data bank maintained at the Bureau.

 

Collection of Information

 

1703. Station House Officers should submit the following reports to the Bureau.

 

Crime Report

 

(1) All offences against property should prima-facie be considered professional.  In every case of crime against property, the Station House Officer, as soon as he registeres a case, sends a crime report in the integrated form No.173 direct to the Bureau.  The various columns in the crime report should be filled in properly by the Station House Officer as per the hints contained inorder No.1705 infra.

 

            (2) If a motor vehicle is involved in the commission of property crime, the report in the integrated form No.174 should be sent to the Bureau.

 

            (3) A descriptive roll in form No.175 should be sent to the bureau in respect of persons wanted or arrested in such property crime.

 

            (4) On receipt of crime report and/or motor vehicle report, and descriptive roll, action as indicated in order 1752 should be taken by the Bureau.

 

1704.  The Investigating Officer after visiting the scene of offence and making preliminary enquiries, may come to know certain additional facts and details relating to the crime and criminals.  These additional particulars, if any, should be reported again in the Crime Details Form to the Bureau.    On receipt of such additional report or reports, action as indicated in Order 1752 should be taken by the Bureau.

 

Hints for writing crime reports

1705.  The crime report is nothing but the first information report form which has got 15 columns.  All the columns are self-explanatory.

 

 

 

Crime Details Form  -

            This form has got 12 columns.  Column 1 to 3  are self-explanatory.  In column 4, the methods, the conveyance used, character assumed, language used, special features, type and place of occurrence, type of propety attacked should be filled in taking into consideration the details under each head provided in the National crime Code Book issued by the National Crime Records Bureau.  In supplying the information given in crime details form, following points should be kept in view:--

 

(a) Class of person or property targeted - As certain criminals attack only particular types of persons or properties, the class of persons and property targeted should be adequately described.  As for example, a statement "stolen from a person, house or shop" does not convey what kind of person, house or shop was attacked.  But, a 'beggar woman', 'Travellers bungalow', 'Goldsmiths' shop' would be more appropriate.

 

(b) Entry - In the case of attacks on buildings, the actual point of entry into the property, e.g., from adjoining vacant premises, door (front, rear, etc.) roof, window, etc., should be furnished.  In the case of attacks on persons, the place where the person was attacked, e.g., secluded spot in public garden, should be indicated.

 

(c) Means - While describing the means, it should be indicated as to how the property was approached (e.g., pipe climbing, slipping latch of window through space in ventilator, etc.).  In the case of person, it should be indicated as to how the person was approached (e.g., accosted with a request  for matches, followed or attacked from behind, etc.) or how the person was induced to part with property (e.g., bogus employment, etc.).

 

(d) Object - The object for which the offence is committed should be clearly indicated.

 

(e) Time - This should not be limited to the period of time which elapsed between the property last seen and the time it was missed, but should also be expressed in conjunction with the opportunity given for or taken by, the culprit to act such as away on long leave,   etc.

 

(f) Style - It is either the actual or pretended occupation of the criminal at the time of, or immediately prior to, the commission of the offence and does not refer to the method of committing crime.  It must not be confused with the trade or calling adopted by the criminal before he engaged in the crime.  Sometimes, the style and actual occupation may be identical.  Sometimes, a criminal when accosted by a third person or when disposing of stolen property to a dealer, pawn-broker or casual acquaintance will state his alleged particular trade or profession in order to inspire confidence and allay suspicion.  Such acts should be regarded as style.

 

(g) Tale - The statement made by the criminal, often prepared beforehand, to cover up his tracks, to meet or avoid suspicion and to endeavour to impress people with his bonafides, generally supports his style as the most important part of his make-up for the purpose of committing the offence.  It is very important that the tale should be obtained from the persons victimised or persons from the neighbourhood and no part of the tale should be considered too insignificant to be recorded.

 

(h) Associate - Some criminals work alone, while others with companions, e.g., in the case of a pick-pocket, an associate may receive the stolen property immediately after it has been taken from the victim.

 

(i) Transport - The mode of transport employed by an offender to reach or leave or convey the property should be ascertained.

 

(j) Trade Mark - Certain criminals are known to commit certain extraordinary acts not associated with the object of crime, such as disturbing beds by resting on them, consuming food, committing nuisance, poisoning dogs, etc., and these should be clearly indicated.

 

These items of information should be given in the appropriate columns of the crime details form.

 

1706.  The Station House Officer should send a weekly Station Crime Report in Form No.176 to the Bureau for the week ending Saturday so as to reach the Bureau not later than the following Monday.  In this report should be entered not only cases reported during the week but also cases of previous weeks in which offenders have been known or reasonably suspected during the week.  Any arrests made in cases should also be mentioned.

 

Report of Arrest of Strangers  under Suspicious Circumstances

 

1707.    In respect of  all strangers and also history-sheeted persons arrested in specific cases or under suspicious circumstances, the station House Officer should send an arrest report to the Bureau in form No. 175 (Integrated Form).  These reports should be sent to the bureau as and when an arrest is made and should contain full information about each individual.  On receipt of these reports, the Bureau will examine them and take further action if such arrested persons are wanted elsewhere.

 

Final Crime Report

 

1708. After a case is finally disposed off, a report in integrated form No.177 should be sent to the Bureau.

 

1709. During the first week of every month, a list of crime reports sent by the police station in the previous month should be sent to the Bureau in Form No.178.

 

Report of Release of Prisoners from Jails

 

1710.    A report in form No.179 containing particulars of history-sheeted persons who, whether residing in the station limits or concerned in station cases, were released from jail during the week and the previous three weeks or are likely to be released during the ensuing four weeks .should be attached   to the weekly station crime report of the last week of the month.

 

Conviction Report

 

1711.    As soon as an accused in a crime against property is convicted, the station House Officer should send a Conviction Memorandum in form No. 217 (Integrated Form) enclosing the finger print slips of the accused to the District Crime Record Bureau through the Circle Inspector wherever applicable.  Instructions regarding the transmission of fingerprint slips for record in Fingerprint Bureau by Station House Officers are contained in the chapter on 'Fingerprints and Photographs'.

 

Reports on the Doings and conduct of all criminals whose dossiers are maintained in the Bureau

 

1712     i) The Station House Officer should send a report in Form No.180 for every quarter of the doings and conduct of all dossier criminals, so as to reach the Bureau not later than the fifth of the first month of the following quarter.  When a dossier criminal has also been registered in another district, a copy of the quarterly report on him should be sent direct to the bureau of that district as well.  The Station House Officer should, in addition, report all the movements of dossier criminals outside the station limits then and there to the Bureau, besides incorporating the information in the quarterly current doings report.  In the case of a criminal concerning whom it is desirable to obtain more frequent reports,  necessary  special instructions will be issued by the Superintendent.  The  information furnished in the report will be embodied by the Bureau in the dossier of the criminal maintained in the Bureau.

 

ii). The District crime Record Bureau should intimate to the State Crime Record Bureau the conduct and current doings of the C.I.D.  and foreign criminals.

 

            iii). The names of persons known or suspected to be active habitual criminals who pass out  of  view and of any persons wanted by the police will be communicated to the Bureau for publication giving particulars in each case of the modus operandi, sphere of operations, names and addresses of relatives and associates and places they are likely to visit.  The arrest of any such persons should be similarly communicated, noting particulars of the person arrested and the circumstances of the arrest.  In the case of C.I.D.criminals or foreign criminals, the particulars should also be furnished to the State Crime Record Bureau.

 

Crime Intelligence

 

1713.    Any information about the crime or criminals that is likely to further the activities of the Bureau or to be of value for purposes for which the Bureau is intended, should be communicatd to the Bureau as soon as it comes to notice.

 

1714.    The Bureau will gather further information by enquiries in special directions by members of the staff, perusal of case diaries, weekly crime and occurrence sheets of other districts, etc.

 

Records of the Bureau

 

1715.    The following records will be  maintained by the Bureau:

 


(1) Dossiers for criminals.

 

(2) Personal files of dossier criminals.

 

(3) Register of dossier criminals.

 

(4) Alphabetical index to dossiers maintained in the Bureau.

 

(5) Modus operandi-wise register of all out-of-view persons for whom history sheets are maintained in the stations.

 

(6) Register  of absconders, Part I.

 

(7) Register of absconders, Part II.

 

(8) Register of military deserters.

(9) Register of smugglers.

 

(10) Register of gangs.

 

(11) Register showing the probable dates of release from jail of all history-sheeted persons including dossier criminals.

 

(12) Register of crime reports received.

 

(13) Register of undetected cases.

 

(14) Card Index.

 

(15) General subject files.

 

(16) Photographs.

 

(17) Crime chart and graphs.

 

(18) File of references from Investigating Officers.

 

(19) File showing calls on the expert staff of the Bureau.

 

(20) Copies of Criminal Intelligence Gazettes.

 

(21) Weekly crime and occurrence sheets.

 

(22) Monthly crime reviews.

 

(23) Advisory and crime memorandum books.

 

(24) Register of visits to the Bureau.

 

(25) Visiting book for superior officers.

 

(26) Such other records as may be prescribed from time to time depending upon the local needs and conditions.


 

Dossiers for Criminals                                 

 

1716.     (1)  The Bureau should maintain dossiers for all criminals for whom history sheets are opened and who operate in more than one Police Station.  Those who reside in one Police Station and operate in another will come within the purview of this order.   These criminals will be known as dossier criminals and will be given a D.C. (Dossier Criminal) Number.  The dossier should be maintained in Form No.97.  An inter-district criminal on record in a Bureau must also be on record in the Bureau of each of the districts in which he has committed crime or has resided for more than three months irrespective of whether he has committed crime in that district or not, and will be given a D.C. number in each of those districts, D.C. numbers of other districts being entered for reference on the docket sheet.

 

            (2) All inter-district criminals who are inter-state criminals or dangerous inter-district criminals of sufficient importance are termed as "C.I.D.Criminals".  All outside inter-state criminals who would have been dossier criminals, if they had resided in the state, are termed 'foreign criminals'.  Dossiers should be kept in the Bureau for the foreign criminals in the district where they have operated, besides the C.I.D. criminals.

 

            (3) Personal files of dossier criminals.-- A personal file should also be opened for each dossier criminal and all miscellaneous corrspondence including enquiry rolls should be filed.

 

1717.     The following are the instructions regarding the opening, maintenance and closure of dossiers in the Bureau:--

 

            (1) A dossier need not necessarily be maintained for the lifetime of a criminal but may be closed under the orders of the Superintendent, if the criminal (I) is too old to commit crime or (ii) is unable from any disability or other reasons to commit crime or (iii) has shown beyond doubt that he has reformed himself and abandoned his criminal life.  The dossier of a criminal who is out of view may be closed after he attains eighty years of age.  A criminal whose dossier has been so closed should be indicated by a yellow signal on all the indices where his name or alias appears to indicate that he is inactive and that his dossier has been closed.  Dossiers of persons who have died shall be destroyed under the orders of the Superintendent.  Before the dossier of a criminal who is also on record in another district is closed or destroyed, the Superintendent of the latter district should be consulted.

 

            (2) A history sheet will be maintained for every dossier criminal in the station in the jurisdiction of which he resides for at least such time as a dossier is retained for him in the Bureau.

 

            (3) The Bureau should draw up a programme at the close of every year fixing months in the succeeding year for comparing the dossiers maintained in the Bureau with the history sheets in the stations and should see that the comparison is made and all entries are brought up to date.  For the purpose of this comparison, the Station House Officer will bring th history sheets maintained by him to the Bureau during the month fixed for him.  Before the Station House Officer takes a history sheet for comparison with the history sheet in the Bureau, he should interview the criminal, visit his village and personally verify all the entries in the history sheet, special attention being paid to his descriptive particulars, habits, occupation, relations and associates.  The Inspector during his half-yearly inspection and the Sub-Divisonal Police Officer during his annual inspection, should also interview the dossier criminals residing in the station limits and check up the entries in the history sheets maintained for them in the station. If they detect any mistake in the entries in any sheet, they should report it promptly to the Bureau, besides correcting it in the history sheet and mentioning it in their inspection notes.

 

            (4) In the case of criminals who are on record in two or more Bureaux, the dossiers maintained in one Bureau should be compared with those of the other Bureau at least once a year.

 

            (5) A sheet should be attached at the end of each dossier or history sheet showing the dates of comparison ordered in Sub-Orders (3) and (4) above and the signature and designation of the officers who compared them.

 

            (6) To ensure that the dossiers in the District Crime Record Bureau are correctly maintained, each dossier should be scrutinised by the Superintendent or the Sub-Divisional Police Officer once a year.  For this purpose, (a) a few dossiers and personal files will be put up to the Superintendent every week-end with a notebook noting therein the numbers of the dossiers put up and (b) a few dossiers and personal files will similarly be put up to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer whenever he visits the district headquarters.  The Superintendent and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer will scrutinise the dossiers and personal files, ensure that they are correctly maintained and write their remarks in the personal file on the concerned dossier criminal.  All the dossiers and personal files should be scrutinised by both the Superintendent and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer during the year.

 

            (7) The Station House Officer shall select criminals who become qualified to be registered as dossier criminals and intimate to the Bureau then and there.  The Bureau will obtain the orders of the Superintendent as to whether a dossier should be opened for the criminal proposed by the Station House Officer for registration.  The Inspector and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer also should, during their station visits and inspections, see whether any addition to, or deletion from, the list of dossier criminals is necessary and submit proposals to the Superintendent.  The Bureau, too, will watch for criminals who operate in more than one station or in a station other than the one in which they reside and take up suo-moto the question of registering them as dossier criminals.  No dossier will, however, be maintained in the Bureau for a casual criminal who has committed a petty crime in a station other than the one in which he resides.

 

Register of Dossier Criminals

 

 1718.  This register should be maintained in Form No.181.  It is intended to ensure that numbers assigned to dossier criminals do not overlap.  When a dossier is closed, the date of the order should be noted in the remarks column and the serial number should be rounded off.  The whole entry relating to a dossier criminal should be struck off only when the dossier is destroyed, the date of destruction being noted in the remarks column.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alphabetical Index to Dossier Maintained in the Bureau

 

1719.    An alphabetical index in Form No.182 will be maintained.  When a dossier is closed, the date of the order should be noted in the remarks column and the whole line is struck off when the dossier is destroyed.

Modus Operandi Register of all "Out-of-View" Persons for Whom History Sheets are maintained in Stations

 

1720.    (1) A register in Form No.183 will be opened in the Bureau for each modus operandi classification noted in Order 1698 (1) for history-sheeted criminals who are out of view.  This register will be written up from the particulars furnished by the Station House Officer in O.V.cards as and when they are received.  If an 'out-of-view' history-sheeted person is known to have employed more than one modus operandi, his name should be entered under all those modus operandi.

 

            (2) If a history-sheeted person who has been out of view is traced or arrested, the entry or entries relating to him should be scored out from the relevant registers and the date of tracing or arrest should be noted in the remarks column.

 

            (3) The register is maintained for pointing out to the Investigating Officers the possibility of an 'out-of-view' criminal of a particular modus operandi being responsible for the crime under investigation.

 

Register of Absconders - Parts I and II

 

1721.   A register in Form No.184 containing the names of all absconders in cases registered in the district and another in Form No.185 containing the names of absconders in cases registered in other districts and States but resident of or likely to visit the district will be maintained in the Bureau.

 

Register of Military Deserters

 

1722.     A register in Form No.186 will be maintained in the Bureau to keep a watch over and to arrest military deserters.

 

Register of Smugglers

 

1723.     A register in Form No.187 will be maintained in the Bureau to keep a watch over the activities of smugglers.

 

Register of Gangs

 

1724.     A register of gangs in Form No.188 will be maintained in the Bureau for collection and dissemination of information about gangs.  Separate sheets should be allotted for each of the following classes of gangs:

 

I.                    Dacoits, Robbers and Poisoners.

II.                 Burglars.

III.               House thieves.

IV.              Thieves.

V.                 Cattle lifters.

VI.              Receivers.

VII.            Cheats.

VIII.         Counterfeiters.

IX.               Other offenders.

 

Register Showing the Probable Dates of Release of All History-sheeted Persons including Dossier Criminals.

           

1725.     The Bureau will maintain a register in Form No.179 showing the probable dates of release from jail of all history-sheeted persons including dossier criminals.  This register must be prepared with the help of the jail release lists furnished by the jail authorities and checked with the reports submitted by the Station House Officers under Order 1676. Such particulars as the modus operandi details and sphere of operation which will not be found in the jail release lists can be obtained from the monthly reports submitted by the Station House Officers.  A page or more in the register should be set apart for each month.  The Bureau will publish in the last weekly crime and occurrence sheet of each month full details of all persons who are likely to be released in the succeeding month.  It will also study the relation between the incidence of crime and the release of a criminal with reference to modus operandi and place of occurrence.

 

Register of Crime Reports Received

 

1726.     A register in Form No.189 will be maintained in the Bureau to note the receipt and disposal of crime reports received from the Police Stations.  Separate sheets will be allotted to each Police Station in the district, one for each district within the State and one for each outside the State.

 

Register of Undetected Cases

 

1727.     It will be maintained in the Bureau in Form No.190.  It helps in grouping and tracing of cases and in finding out trends and concentration of particular forms of offences in various parts of the district.  Where the modus operandi is similar, the person or property attacked is similar, the sphere of operation is the same and the criminal arrested was out of the jail at the relevant time, he could with advantage be interrogated on the information furnished from this register.  An undetected case on being detected should be scored out in red ink.  Separate set of sheets should be earmarked for each of the following major classes of crime:---

 

I.                    Dacoity, robbery and poisoning.

II.                 House breaking and theft.

III.               House theft.

IV.              Ordinary  theft.

V.                 Cattle  theft.

VI.              Receiving  or possession of stolen property.

VII.            Cheating

VIII.         Counterfeiting.

IX.               Criminal breach of trust or misappropriation.

 

Card Index     

 

1728.     The following card indices will be maintained for dossier criminals.  The cards will be of approved size and will be kept in cabinets.

                        (1) Name Index.

                        (2) Modus operandi Index.

                        (3) Descriptive, Deformity and Physical Peculiarity Index.

                        (4) Style Index.

                        (5) Trade Mark Index.

                        (6) Transport Index.

                        (7) Wanted Person Index in four different classes.

                        (8) Stolen/Lost Property Index.

                        (9) Recovered Property Index.

                        (10) Signals.

 

Name Index (Alphabetical Index)

 

1729.     The cards for the name index will be maintained in four colours, white for criminals of the district, blue for criminals of border districts operating in the district, pink for inter-district and red for inter-state criminals.  The cards will be arranged in strictly alphabetical order, like the words in a dictionary, irrespective of their colours.  If a new card is opened, it should be inserted in the correct place.  Inter-district criminals will be given appropriate coloured cards from the point of view of each district, e.g., a criminal of Belgaum district who also operates in Dharwar district will have a white card in Belgaum district and a blue one in Dharwar but the white card maintained in Belgaum district will be given a green signal to indicate that the criminal is also registered in another district (see instructions under "Signals' infra).  The cards have a line, quarter of an inch above the bottom edge.  Below this line, the name or alias of the criminal followed by his father's name indicated by the prefix "S/o " should be typed.  The card  provides for the entry of various details for easy reference.  A card should be opened for each alias that a criminal is known to assume.  The proforma for this card is shown in Form No.191.  This index provides a ready reference to all the dossier criminals and also gives important facts about each criminal but, for further details the dossier and personal file of the criminal must invariably be referred to.

 

Modus operandi Index

 

1730.     (1) The cards for this index will be  arranged in the order of the different modus operandi classification and other characteristics in drawers assigned to the main heads of crime.  The index heads will be the catch-words given in the following crime classification:-

 

Classes of crime - Major and Minor Classifications


Class I. Offences attended with Violence.-

            D - Dacoity

            M - Murder for gain

            P - Poisoning or drugging

            R - Robbery

 

Class II. House Breaking and Theft

 

            A - Auger

            B - Bolt hole

            C - Chisel used

            D - Door lifted off hinges

            D2 - Lifting latch by inserting hand or implement                

            D3 - Opening door not locked.

            E - Eaves

            H - Holes on the wall or manhole

            K - Key (False) used to open lock or picking

            L - Breaking lock or fastening

            R - Roof-hole

            S - Scaling (wall or roof)

            T - Threshold hole

            U - Unclassified

            W1 - Window bars removed

            W2 - Window frame removed

            W3 - Inserting hand or stick through window

 

Class III. House Thefts

            B1 - Bogus visitor

            B2 - Bunk

            B3 - Bungalow

            C1 - Counter (Bank or Post Office)

            C2 - Clothes

            C3 - Clocks

            G - Grains

            L - Lanterns

            S1 - Schools

            S2 - Shops

            S3 - Servants

            S4 - Sleeping persons (from)

            T - Temple

            U - Unclassified

            V - Vessels

 

Class IV. Ordinary Thefts

 

A - Agricultural Implements (theft of)

            B - Bandies of or from

            C1 - Cycle thefts

            C2 - Clothes

            D - Children from

            E - Electrical goods

            F - fairs and festivals

            G1 - Grains

            G2 - Garden produce

            H - Thefts from bathing ghats

            J - Jewels

            L - Lanterns

            M - Motor cars - from

            P - Pocket-picking

            S1 - Snatching

            S2 - Sleeping persons - from

            T - Timepieces or watches or clocks

            U - Unclassified

            V - Vessels

            W - Wire

 

Class V. Cattle Thefts

 

            B - Buffaloes

            D - Donkeys

            G - Goats or sheep

            H - Horses

            OS - Oxen for sale or ransom

            OK - Oxen for skin or meat

            P - Pigs

 

Class VI. Receiving or Possession of Stolen Property

 

Class VII. Cheating

 

            B - Bogus agent

                        G - Guilt jewels

            P - Personation

                         U - Unclassified

 

Class VIII. Counterfeiting

 

            C - Making or passing counterfeit coins

            N - Making or passing counterfeit notes

 

Class IX. Criminal Breach of trust or Misappropriation

 

            C - Cycles

            D - Dhobi

             J - Jewels

            S - Servant or clerk

            U - Unclassified


 

            (2) The list is only illustrative and not meant to be exhaustive.  Some of the items may not apply to all districts and some districts may need a few additional items.  Any addition to the list should be made with the approval of the Deputy Inspector-General, criminal Investigation Department.  Station House Officers should note the appropriate classification in the various reports sent by them to the Bureau.  The D.C. number of the district in which the criminal resides, the D.C. numbers, if any, assigned to him in other districts, his name with aliases, his place of residence with the name of the police station, the name or names of Police Station limits and districts where the criminal has operated and full modus operandi details will be noted in columns 1-7 respectively in the body of the card.  The type of crime will be entered below the bottom line of the card.  The names of the criminals addicted to the particular type should be entered on both sides of the card, three to four names on each side of the card.  The card will be in Form No.192.

 

            (3) When a criminal commits a crime which falls under more than one head, his name should be entered under each card and the full modus operandi details entered in column 7 of the card.  Column 7 is of special significance because in locating a criminal, the apparently minor details of the modus operandi are even more important than the broad classifications outlined above.  Hence, all details and particulars regarding the method of entry, nature  of the building attacked, nature of weapons employed, kind of property stolen, form of violence used and all criminal characteristics such as eating food at the scene of crime, using detonators or crackers and using boulders to break open the door should be noted in detail in column 7.   When  a  crime of any particular modus operandi is reported, the   criminals whose  names and other particulars are found on the card bearing the index head of that particular modus operandi will be examined besides other indices and records in order to point out to the Investigating Officer as to who among them, are likely to have committed the offence.  In doing this, details of modus operandi, and not merely its broad classification, should receive attention.

 

Descriptive, Deformity and Physical Peculiarities Index

 

1731.     Index Cards in Form No.193 will be maintained for such physical peculiarities, identification marks and criminal characteristics of dossier criminals.  The class of descriptive, deformity and physical peculiarity will be typed below the bottom line of the card in the same way as for modus operandi index cards and the D.C. numbers and names of criminals and the details of peculiarities or characteristics noted on the card.  If a criminal has more than one physical peculiarity or distinct deformity, then his name should find a place under all those heads.   A typical list of physical peculiarities and deformities are given below:

 


BUILD

Fat (stout/strong)

Normal (Muscular)

Thin (Lanky)

 

COMPLEXION

 

Dark

Fair

Very Fair

Wheatish/Sallow

 

TEETH

 

Broken

False Tooth/Teeth

Gaps in Teeth

Metal Tooth

Metal Tooth Gold (capping)

Metal Tooth Silver (capping)

Missing Tooth/Teeth

Normal (Even)

Overlapping Teeth

Protruding

Stained

 

HAIR

 

Bald Full

Bald Partial

Brown

Curly - Black

Curly - Black & Grey

Curly - Grey

Long

Normal - Black

Normal - Black & Grey

Normal - Grey

Wig use of

 

EYES

 

Eye Artificial Left

Eye Artificial Right

Eye Blue

Eye Brown

Eye Markedly Close Set

Eye Markedly Wide Set

Eye Normal

Eye Protruding

Eye Reddish

Eye Slit

Eye Sunken

Eye-Brows - Arched/Curved

Eye-Brows - Artificial

Eye-Brows - Clearly United

Eye-Brows - Oblique

Eye-Brows - Straight

Eye-Brows - Thick

Eye-Brows - Thin

Eye-Brows - Widely  Distended

 

HABITS

Bragging

Chew Betal/pan

Chews pan Masala

Chews Supari

Chews Tobacco

Cinema Crazy

Drinks Liquor

Drug Addict

Eyes Blinking

Eyes Shifting'

Gambler

Homosexual

Lip Biting

Lottery Player

Moustache Twisting

Nail Biting

Prostitute Monger

Race-Goer

Smoker

Snuff Taker

Stretching

 

PLACES OF BURN MARKS/LEUCODERMA/ MOLE/ SCAR/ TATTOO 

 

Back Left Side

Back Right Side

Cheek Left

Cheek Right

Chest Middle

Chest Left Side

Chest Right Side

Chin

Eat Left

]Ear Right

Eye Brow Left

Eye Brow Right

Face

Foot Left

Foot Right

Forehead

Hand Left

Hand Left - Letter

Hand Left - Future

Hand Right

Forearm Right - Figure

Forearm Right - Letter

Head

Leg Left

Leg Right

Lip Lower

Lip Upper

Neck

Nose

Shoulder Left

Shoulder Right

Stomach

Thigh Left

Thigh Right

 Palm Right

 Palm Left

 

BEARD

Bearded

Clean Shaven

Goatee (French/Bulganin)

Imperial/Rauputi

Long - Thick

Long - Thin

Long Flowing

Rolled & Tied (Sikh Type)

Short/Trimmed - Thick

Short/Trimmed -Thin

Sideburn/Whisker

 

FACE

 

Dimpled Cheek

Dimpled Chin

Double Chin

Forehead Broad

Forehead Narrow

High Cheek

Long

Oval

Poxpitted

Prominent Cheek

Protruding Chin

Receding Forehead

Round

Square/Heavy Jaw

Sunken Cheeks

Wrinkled

 

MOUSTACHES

 

Clipped

Drooping

Fly Type

Half Moustache (Hitler Type)

Handle Bar

Pencil

Tooth Brush

Turned Up

NOSE

 

Broad Nostrils (Markedly Dilated)

Bulbous

Hooked (Parrot Type)

Long Pierced

Pointed

Snub/Pug

Turned Up Nostrils

 

SPEECH/VIOCE

 

Deep/Heavy/Guttoral

Fast

Feminine

Loud Spoken

Nasal

Slow

Soft Spoken

Stammering

 

 

FACE / HEAD

 

Deaf

Ear Deformed - Both

Ear Deformed - Left

Ear Deformed - Right

Ear Markedly large

Ear Markedly Small

Ear Missing - Both

Ear Missing - Left

Ear Missing - Right

Eyes Blind one

Eyes Squint

Hare Lips

Lobes Pierced

Nose Peculiar

One Eyed

Protruding Face

 

OTHER PARTS OF BODY

 

Arm Missing - Right

Bow Legged - Left 

Eunuch

Finger(s) Extra - Left

Finger(s) Extra - Right

Finger(s) Missing - Left

Finger(s) Missing - Right

Goitre

Knee knocked

Left Foot Missing

Left Hand Missing

Leg - Elephantiasis

Leg Limping

Leg Missing - Left

Leg Missing - Right

Leprosy

Right Foot Missing

Right Hand Missing

Stopping/Hunch Back

Toe(s) Extra - Left

Toe(s) Extra - Right

Toe(s) Missing - Left

Toe(s) Missing - Right


 

Style Index

 

1732.     Index Cards should be in form No.194 and will be maintained for each style.  It indicates criminals' alleged trade or profession at the time of or immediately prior to the commission of offence.  The class of style will be typed below the bottom line of the  Card and other particulars entered as shown in the card.  A typical  list of styles is given below:


Beggar

Domestic Servant

Driver

Friend

Passenger/Co-traveller

Relative

Religious persons/Sadhu/Muni/astrologer, etc.

Representative of Guardian

Salesman

Street Vendor/Hawker

Uniformed Policeman

Utility Serviceman


 

Trade Mark Index

 

1733.     Index cards should be in form No.195 and will be maintained for each trade mark employed by the criminal.  Trade mark indicates extraordinary act done by criminals not associated with crimes such as changing clothes or committing nuisance.  The trade mark will be typed below the bottom line of the card and other particulars entered as shown in the card.  A typical list of trade marks is given below:

 


(1) Anaesthetics or drugs used on victim

(2) Articles not disturbed

(3) Changing of clothes

(4) Consuming food at the scene

(5) Confining inmates in one room

(6) Consuming liquor at the scene

(7) Cutting instruments - use of

(8) Disconnecting electricity

(9) Disconnecting telephone connection

(10) Drugging victim

(11) Drugging watch-dog

(12) Drugging watchman

(13) Easing at the scene of offence

(14) Dragging victim

(15) Killing victims

(16) Making sounds to verify alertness of inmates

(17) Masking face

(18) Obscene or abusing language - use of

(20) Operating torchlight

(21)  Placing  obstruction on approach or path

(22) Throwing bomb or explosives

(23) Throwing by the roadside

(25) Throwing dirt

(26) Throwing filth

(27) Throwing garbage

(28) Torturing victim.


 

Transport Index

 

1734.     Index Cards should be in form No.196 and should be maintained for each type of conveyance used before, during or after the commission of an offence.  The type of conveyance will be typed below the bottom line and particulars entered in other columns.  A typical list of conveyance is given below:

 

Conveyance (Automobiles & Others)

 


Aircraft

Ambulance

Auto-cycle

Autorikshaw

Brage

Bicycle

Boat

Bulldozer

Bullock cart

Bus

Camel cart

Car

Cycle Rickshaw

Glider

Hand cart

Hand Rickshaw

Hang Glider

Horse Cart

Hover Craft

Jeep

Lorry

Mini Bus

Moped

Motor Boat

Motor Cycle

Peterrehra/Jugar/Trolley with Engine

Road Roller

Ropeway (Gondola)

Scooter

Ship

Skates (Roller)

Skies (Snow)

Station Wagon

Tanga

Tanker

Taxi

Tempo

Tractor

Trailer

Train

Truck

Van.


 

Wanted Persons Index

 

1735.     Cards will be kept in alphabetical order separately for each of the following classes of persons wantd, either concerned in a crime or otherwise:-

 

            (i) Wanted index for absconders in Form No.197.

 

            (ii) Wanted index for abducted persons in Form No.198.

 

            (iii) Wanted index for missing persons in Form No.199.

 

            (iv) Wanted index for dead-bodies in Form No.200.

 

            The cards will be eliminated as and when the persons wanted are arrested or recovered or found and in the case of dead bodies as and when the body is identified.

 

Stolen/Lost Property Index

 

1736.     All identifiable property lost in cases published in the weekly crime and occurrence sheet which has not been recovered at the time of its publication, will be indexed.  The property recovered index and information in respect of properties seized under suspicious circumstances received by the Bureau either from Station House Officers or through crime and occurrence sheets of neighbouring districts should be carefully checked with the properties indexed in the Bureau to see whether they are concerned in any crime of the district.   If any of the properties seized is identical with that lost in a case, the fact should be immediately intimated to the Station House Officer who recovered the property under suspicious circumstances.  If any item of property indexed is recovered, the entry relating to it should be scored out from the index and the date of tracing it noted.  A typical list of identifiable properties to be indexed is given hereunder.

 

AGRICULTURE PRODUCTS

 


Cardamom

Citronella Grass (Fodder Grass)

Cocoa

Coconut

Coffee

Condiments

Dry fruits

Fruits

Ginger

Grains

Herbs

Husk

Jaggery

Kesar (Saffron)

Manure

Milk and Milk products

Nuts

Oil cake

Oil seeds

Pulses

Roots

Seeds

Spices

Sugar

Supari

Tea

Vegetables

 

ANIMALS

Allegator

Bear

Buck

Buffalo

Bull

Bullock

Camel

Cat

Cheetah

Cow

Crocodile

Deer

Dog

Donkey

Elephant

Fox

Garial

Goat

Horse

Hyena

Leopard

Lion

Monkey

Mule

Musk Deer

Panther

Pig

Pony

Rabbit/Hare

Rat

Reptiles

Rhinoceros

Sambar

Sheep

Tiger

Wild Goat

Yak

Other endangered species

 

ANIMALS - HIDE/SKIN/REMAINS

 

Horn-buffalo/cow

Horn-deer

Horn-Rhino

Musk

Skin-black buck

Skin-buffalo/cow

Skin-crocodile

Skin-deer

Skin-Leopard

Skin-Lion

Skin-Panther

Skin-Reptiles

Skin-Tiger

Tusk-Elephant (Ivory)

 

ARMS AND AMMUNITION

 

12 Bore Shot Gun - Double Barrel

12 Bore Shot Gun - Single Barrel

9 MM Browning

9 MM Carbine

Air Gun

Air Pistol

Air Rifle (Spring loaded)

AK-47

AK-54

AK-56

AK-74 

AK-94

American AR-15

Anti Aircraft Gun

Anti Tank Missile/Mine

Axe

Bayonet

Bazooka (Karl Gustov Gun)

Bombs

Bow and Arrow

Bow and Arrow - Spring activated

Bren Gun

Bullets

Cartridges

Chopper

Country Made Gun

Country Made Rifle

Dagger

Desi/Topidar D.B.

Desi/Topidar S.B.

Dragon Gun

Firearm parts

Grenade - He

Grenade - Launcher

Gun DBBL

Gun DBML

Gun SBBL

Gun SBML

Hand Machine Gun

Harpoon Gun

Hatchet

Katta Desi

Katta Pistol

Knife

Kukri (Gurkha Dagger)

Light Machine Gun

Medium Machine Gun

Missile Launcher

Mortor 2"

Mortor 3"

Mortor Bomb 2"

Mortor Bomb 3"

Musket 410

Pipe Gun

Pistol .22

Pistol .28

Pistol .32

Pistol .38

Pistol 7.62

Pistol 9MM

Pistol .45

Pistol .455 Magnum

Pistol - Very Light/Signal

Revolver .22

Revolver .28

Revolver .32

Revolver .38

Revolver .45

Revolver 455

Revolver 9MM

Rifle .22

Rifle .30

Rifle .303

Rifle .315

Rifle .375

Rifle 450

Rocket Launcher

Rocket Propelled Grenade

Rubber Bullet Gun

Sickle

SL Rifle 5.62 MM

SL Rifle 7.62 MM

Sniper Rifle

Spear

Sten Gun

Sword

Tear Gas Shell

Tear Gas Grenade

 

BIRDS

 

Bustard

Crane

Duck

Myna

Parrot

Partridge

Peacock

Pigeon

Poultry (Chicken)

Quail

Other endangered species

 

BUILDING AND BUILDING MATERIALS

 

Angle Iron

Asbestos Sheets

Asphalt

Ballast

Bamboo Poles

Barbed Wire Fencing

Bitumen/Coal Tar

Bran Tapes

Bricks (Kiln)

Building  and Machinery

Cement

Cement Blocks

Cement Bricks

Cement Posts

Cement Slabs

Concrete Mix

Door Frame-Steel

Door Frame-PVC

Door Frame-wooden

Door Leaves Wood

Door Leaves PVC

Door Leaves Steel

Door/Window fittings

G.I.Pipes

G.I.Sheets

Glass Articles

Grill

Lime

Manhole Cover

Marble Blocks or Slabs

Metal Beams

Metal Brackets

Metal Chains

Metal Fittings

Metal Frames

Metal Pipes

Metal Rods

Metal Wires

Mud

Paints and Allied Materials

Polythene Sheets

Pumps

PVC fittings

PVC Pipes

PVC Rods

PVC Tanks

Sand

Sanitaryware and fittings

Scaffolding Materials

Stoneblocks or Slabs

Tiles Floor

Tiles-Roof

Tiles Wall

Timber Beams

Timber Logs

Timber Scantlings

Unclassified Hardware

Window Frame-Steel

Window Frame-Wooden

Window Frame-PVC

Window Shutters

Wooden Poles

 

CHEMICALS

 

DDT

Disinfectants

Fertilizers

Insecticide

Pesticide

Phenyle

 

 

COINS-CURRENCY

Australian

Austrian Shilling

Bangladesh Takka

Belgian Franc

Canadian dollar

Danish Kroner

Deutsche Mark

Dutch Guilder

Finnish Marrka

French Franc

Hongkong Dollar

Indian Rupee

Italian Lira

Japanese Yen

Kuwait Dinar

Malaysian Ringitt

New Zealand Dollar

Norwegian KR

Pakistan Rupee

Pound Sterling

Rouble

Saudi Riyal

Singapore

Spanish Peseta

Srilankan Rupee

Swedish Kroner

Swiss Franc

U.S.Dollar

UAE Dirham

CONVEYANCE (AUTOMOBILES & OTHERS)

 

Aircraft

Ambulance

Auto Cycle

Auto Rickshaw

Barge

Bicycle

Boat

Bulldozer

Bullock cart

Bus

Camel Cart

Car

Cycle Rickshaw

Glider

Hand Cart

Hand Rickshaw

Hang Glider

Horse Cart

Hover Craft

Jeep

Lorry

Mini Bus

Moped

Motor Boat

Motor Cycle

Peterrehra/Jugar/Trolley with Engine

Road Roller

Ropeway (Gondola)

Scooter

Ship

Skates(Roller)

Skies (snow)

Station Wagon

Tanga

Tanker

Taxi

Tempo

Tractor

Trailer

Train

Truck

Van

 

CULTURAL PROPERTY

 

Antique Currency

Apparel

Artifacts

Coins

Idols

Jewellery

Maniature Paintings

Manuscript

Monuments

Ornaments

Paintings

Pictures

Ritual/Pooja Articles

Sculptures

Tapestry

Weapons

Wood Work

 

DOCUMENTS AND VALUABLE SECURITES

 

Account Books

Affidavit

Bank Drafts

Bill Book

Bill of Exchange

Bills

Bonds

Cash Book

Certificate

Cheques

Coupon

Credit Card

Debentures

Earnest Money form

Educational Certificate

Engravings

Files

Fixed Deposit Receipt

Govt Securities

Govt Stamp Papers

Hundies

Identity Cards

Inscriptions

Invoice

Indra Vikas Patra

Kisan Vikas Patra

Ledger Book

Letter of Credit

Licence

Lottery Ticket

Measurement Book(MB's)

Misc Documents

Money Order

Mortgage Deed

Muster Roll Book

National Savings Cerificate

Pass Book

Passport

Pay Book

Permit

Postal Order (Foreign)

Postal Order (Indian)

Power of Attorney

Printing Blocks

Promissory Note

Ration Card

Registration Certificate

Sale Deed

Securities

Shares

Stamp Papers

Stamps

Tender Form

Tickets

Title Deed

Traveller's Cheque

Voter's ID Card

Visa

Way Bill

Will

Others

DRUGS/NARCOTIC DRUGS

 

Amphetamine

Barbiturate

Bhang

Brown Sugar

Cannabis Plant

Charas

Cocaine

Coca Leaf

Codeine

Crack

Datura

Ganja

Hashish Oil

Hashish

Heroin (Diacetylmorphine)

L.S.D. (Lysergine)

Mandrax

Methaqualone

Morphine

Opium

Opium Derivatives

Plant Pod-Poppy

Poppy Husk

Poppy Plant Pod

Poppy straw

Smack

Other NDPS Substances as per Act

 

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC GOODS

 

ACSR Wire (Aluminium Core Steel Reinforced)

Air conditioner

Air Cooler

Aluminium Wires

Amplifier

Audio Cassette

Audio Equipment

Battery

Bulb

CD Player

Cable

Calculator

Camera

Cinema Projector

Clock Electric

Compact Disc Player

Computer

Computer Accessories

Cooking Range-Electric

Copper Sheet

Copper Wire

Cordless Telephone

CVT

Dish Antenna

Dish Washer

Dynamos

Electric Bell

Electric Generator

Electric Insect Repeller(Killer)

EPABX System

Exhaust Fan

'Fan

Fire Detector

Fire Extinguisher

Flourescent Lamp (Tube Light)

Food Processor

Generators

Geyser

Grinder

Hair Drier

Heater-Air

Heater-Water

Immersion Rod

Integrated Circuit

Intercom

Iron Electric

Kettle Electric

Light Fittings

Loudspeaker

Mercury Vapour Lamp

Meter Electric

Microphones

Microwave Oven

Mixi

Mobile Phone

Modem

Motor Electric

Motor Pumps

Movie Camera

Music System (Incl. Stereo)

Oven-Electric

Over Head Projector

Pager

PBX System

Pedestal Lamp

Photocopier

Printer

Radiogram

Radios

Record player

Records (Gramophone)

Refrigerator

Remote Control

Sewing Machine Electric

Shaver-Electric

Slide Projector

Sodium Vapour Lamp

Starters

Switches

T.V.Accessories

Table Lamp

Tape Recorder

Telephone

Teleprinter

Television

Toaster-Electric

Torch Light (Flash Light)

Transformer

Transistor

Two-in-One

Uninterrupted Power Supply Equipment (UPS)

VCP

VCR

Video Camera

Video Cassette

Voltage Stabilizer

Washing Machine

Water Cooler

Welding Equipment

Wireless Accessories

Wireless Set

 

EXPLOSIVES

 

A.N./C.A.N.

Acramite

Anti Personnel Booby Traps

Anti Personnel Mines

Barium Nitrate

Black Powder

Bomb-Country Made

Bomb-Crude form

Bomb-H.E.

Bomb-Remote Control

Charcoal Chlorate

Chinese Mixture-I

Chlorate Mixture

Cocktail Bomb

Composition-B

Composition-C.3

Composition-C.4

Cordite

Cotton Explosives

Detonator

Dinitrobenzene

Dintrocholorobenzene

Dintrogylcol

Dintrotoluene

Dynamite (TNT)

Dynamite/Nitro Glycerine

Explosive-D (Ammonium Picrate)

Fire Works (Crackers)

Fulminate

Fuse

Gelatine

Grenade-hand

Gun Cotton

Gun-Powder

H.B.X.

Improvised Explosive Device (I.E.D.)

Jelly

K.D.N.B.F./Dinitrobenzo Furoxane

 

L.M.N.R.(Lead Mononstroresorcinate)

Land Mine

Lead Azide

Liquid Oxygen (LOX)

Mercury Azide

Mercury Fulminate

Military Dynamite

Molotov-Cocktails

Nitrate Mixture

Nitro Compound

Nitro Glycerine

Nitro-Starch

P.E.T.N./PETTIN

Photo-Flash Powder

Picric Acid

Plastic Explosives

Potassium Sulphate

RDX

Rocket

Semtex

Sheet Explosives

Smokeless Powder

Tacot

Tetranitroaniline/TNA

Tetranitrol/Erythrityltetra Nitrate

Tetryl

Trinitro

Trinitro Acetonenitrile

Trinitro-N-Cresol/Cresolite

Trinitroaniline (Picramide)

Trinitroanisol (Methylpicr Ate)

Trinitrobenzene  (T.N.B.)

Trinitrobenzoic Acid

Trinitrochlorobenzene

Trinitroglycerine

Trinitromethylene Triamine/Cyclonite

Trinitrophenol

Trinitrophenyl Methylnitramine/Tetryl

Trinitrophenyl Nitramine-Ethylnitrate

Trinitroresorcinol/ Styphnic Acid

Trinitrotoluene/T.N.T.

Trinitroxylene/TNX

Wax-Mix

Others (Please specify)

 

 

FOREST PRODUCTS

 

Agar

Cinchona

Eucalyptus Oil

Fire Wood

Gum

Kandu/Tendu Leaf

Lac

Mahua

Neel (Blue)

Red Sanders Wood

Tesin

Rose Wood

Rubber

Sal Seed

Salwood

Sandal Oil

Sandal Wood

Teak Wood

Walnut Wood

Wood Others

Others (Please specify)

 

HOUSEHOLD ARTICLES

 

Attache

Automobile Accessories

Bag

Belt

Boxes

Camera

Canvas sheets

Cap

Carpets

Chair

Cigarette Lighter

Clocks

Clothing

Cooking Range (Gas)

Cosmetics

Crockery

Cutlery

Decorative articles

Edibles

Fittings

Footwear

Furniture

Garments

Gas Cylinder

Gas Regulator

Gloves

Grocery

Hot Water Bottle

Keys

Leather Wears / Garments

Lighter

Linen

Locks

Oven (Gas)

Perfumes

Petromax

Pipes

Plastic Material

Purses

Rope

Sports Goods

Stationery

Stove

Suit cases

Table

Tarpaulin

Thermos

Time pieces

Toys

Typewriter

Umbrella

Utensils

Wallet

Wardrobe (Almirah) - Steel

Wardrobe (Almirah) - Wooden

Watch - Wrist

Water Musk

Water Tank

Weapon cases

Woolens

Others (Please specify)

 

JEWELLERY

 

Diamond Bangles

Diamond Necklace

Diamond Ring

Diamond Studs

Gold Anklets

Gold Armlet

Gold Bangles

Gold Biscuits

Gold Bracelet

Gold Coin

Gold Ear Rings

Gold Ear Stud

Gold finger ring

Gold Hair Pin

Gold Head Cornet

Gold Head Crown

Gold Mangalsutra

Gold Neck Chain

Gold Neck Lace

Gold Nose Rings

Gold Nose Screws

Gold Shoulder Broach Pin

Gold Waist Band

Gold Waist Cord

Ivory Articles

Ivory Ornaments

Precious Material

Precious Stone

Silver Block

Silver Coin

Silver Ear Rings

Silver Ear Stud

Silver Finger Rings

Silver Head Cornets

Silver Head Crown

Silver Neck Chain

Silver Necklace

Silver Nose  Rings

Silver Nose Screws

Silver Shoulder Broach Pins

Silver Waist Band

Silver Waist Cord

 

MACHINERY INSTRUMENTS/ACCESSORIES

 

Agricultural Implements

Automobile Implements

Automobile Parts

Bicycle Accessories

Diesel Generators

Drilling Machine

Electrical Instruments

Electronic Instruments

Generators

Hand Pumps

HouseBreaking Instruments

Industrial Gases

Industrial Instruments

Lathe Machine

Machine Tools

Mechanical Instruments

Milling Machine

Musical Instruments

Optical Instruments

Photographic Instruments

Printing Instruments

Printing Machinery and Accessories

Scientific and Laboratory Instruments

Surgical Instruments

Welding Instruments

Others (Please specify)

 

 

 

 

MARINE/RIVER PRODUCTS

 

Crab

Fish

Frog

Prawn

Shrimp

Tortoise/Turtle

 

PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

 

Aviation Turbine Fuel (ATF)

Diesel

Grease

Kerosene Oil

LPG

Mobile Oil

Petrol

 

RAILWAY PROPERTIES

 

Carriage Fittings

Coal

Electrical accessories

Fish Plate

Locomotive fittings

Rails

Relays

Signal Lights

Sleeper

Traction wire

Others (Please specify)

RAW MATERIAL

Coal

Cotton Bale

Iron Ore

Lime stone

Manganese Ore

Marble

Metal Ingots

Metal Sheets

MICA

Pig Iron

Radio Active substance

Steel Rods

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Beedi

Books

Cigar

Cigarette

Display/Cine Board

Journals

Leaflets

Metalware

Pamphlets

Periodicals

Posters

Publicity Materials

Textile

Tyre & Tube

Yarn

Others (Please specify).


 

Recovered Property Index

 

1737.     All identifiable properties found or seized under suspicious circumstances and the complainant or owner of which have not been traced, will be entered in Form No.202 kept for each such property.  As and when the ownership or crime to which the property pertains is established, the entries in the cads will be scored out.   A typical list of such identifiable property is given in Order 1736.

Case Index

1738.     On receipt of first crime report in Form No.173, a case card index should be opened for each case noting therein the major and minor head of classification and brief facts of the case.  Further entries should be made therein from returns and information received in the Bureau till the receipt of Final Report in Form No.177.  These should be kept Police Station-wise in Form No.203.

 

Signals

1739.    Slip-on signals indicating the particulars noted below will be attached to the bottom of name index cards and to the sides of modus operandi, physical peculiarity, style and trade mark index cards.

            Blue - in jail.

            Red - out of view.

            Two reds - out of view and wanted.

            Yellow - inactive

            Green - operates outside the district.

 

General Subject files

 

1740     Information of permanent value about important classes of crime and criminals will be maintained in general subjects files or folios.  Materials for these files will be got from weekly crime and occurrence sheets, case diaries, special reports and other sources of information.  The subjects for which such files should normally be opened are criminal organisations, ex-criminal tribes, criminal areas, counterfeit coins and currency notes, bombs and other explosives, smuggling of arms, drugging or professional poisoning and special classes of crime.  The actual number of such files will depend on the conditions existing in each district.  The files should cover all subjects of importance affecting the criminal history of the district and should be carefully maintained and kept up-to-date.

 

Photographs

 

Photographs – Record – Instructions

 

1741.    (a) The District Police may have photographs taken –

(i)                 of any object concerned in investigations which  is desirable it be examined in the State Crime Record Berau   but which cannot be conveniently sent there.  When negatives are sent by post, they should be carefully packed in soft paper and enclosed in a wooden box.

(ii)                of  persons who are convicted of offences falling under Chapter XII or XVII of the Indian Penal Code and punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or upwards and who are believed to be habitual criminals;

(iii)              when their photographs are necessary for purpose of investigation and under the orders of First Class Magistrate of any persons; and

(iv)              of foreigners when convicted for offences punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or upwards under the Indian Penal Code.

 

 

(v)               The dress to be worn by a person when being photographed by the police should be his ordinary everyday attire provided that a professional impersonator may also be photographed in such custumes as he has adopted for the purpose of such impersonation.

(vi)              In the case of persons whose history sheets are on record or are proposed to be recorded  in the State Crime Record Bureau , one set of the photographs will be kept in the District Crime Record Bureau concerned and another set sent to the Crime Branch, State Criminal Investigation Department, for record.

 

Photographs – Periodical Elimination

  (b)  (i) All photographs will be examined annually and in the absence of special reasons to the contrary those enumerated below withdrawn from record;

            (ii) In the case of a person who is a professional poisoner, note-forger, coiner, arms smuggler or a habitual offender, on his attaining the age of 80 years or on his death, whichever is earlier; and

            (iii) In the case of any other person -

(a)    if he has not more than two convictions in his native district (not having been convicted outside his native district) and has not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of ten years from the date of his release or last release from jail, as the case may be, or

(b)    if he has been convicted outside his native district or has more than two convictions in his native district and has not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted on the expiry of 15 years from the date of his release or last release from jail, as the case may be, or

(c)    on his attaining the age of 80 years, or on his death, whichever is earliest.

 

C (1) All criminals for whom dossiers are kept in the Bureau, will be photographed every 5 years as follows:

 

            (a) the full face including the head and shoulders;

 

            (b) the full length; and

           

 

© one profile, the one that has any particular mark characteristic, e.g., scar.  The full length photo should be half plate size and the remaining, quarter plate.  The full length photograph should be taken of the individual in the dress that he ordinarily wears when out of jail.  Any marked peculiarity which makes identification easy and which can be brought out in a photograph should be brought out in one or more of the positions detailed above or in another position specially taken for the purpose.  A panel showing the date of photograph and the history sheet will be set in each of the photographs.

 

            (2) Each set of photographs will be mounted on a sheet.

 

            (3) For each criminal, two complete sets will be taken, one to be filed with the dossier and the other in a loose leaf file arranged in the alphabetical order of the criminals' names.  An additional set will be taken and filed with the history sheet, if any, in the Police Station.  Extra unmounted copies will be kept in the envelopes affixed to the loose covers ready for distribution when occasion arises.  Additional sets and unmounted copies will be got to the extent necessary for  inter-district criminals and foreign criminals, so that each Bureau concerned has enough.  The photos of the C.I.D. and foreign criminals should be sent to the C.I.D. for record.

 

            (4) The negatives of all photographs should be retained in boxes in the Bureau duly indexed so that further prints can be taken, if necessary.

 

            (5) Albums should also be maintained modus operandi-wise in respect of criminals concerned in important classes of crime such as drugging or poisoning, property offences attended with violence, pocket picking and cycle thefts.

 

Quarterly Return of Photographing of District Criminals

1742.     (1) The Bureau should send a quarterly progress report on the photographing of criminals for whom dossiers are kept in the Bureau in Form No.204, which should reach the Inspector-General, MSW & MS(Technical Services),  not later than the fifth of the month following the quarter.

 

            (2) An explanatory note should be given stating why photographs have not been taken for those mentioned in columns 5, 6 and 7 of the form.

 

 

Crime Charts and Graphs

1743.     (1)  In order to help the study of crime in the district with particular reference to persistent incidence of any particular type of crime in any area or along any route, crime charts as prescribed in the following sub-orders should be maintained in the Bureau.

 

            (2)  A crime chart for each month will be maintained in which crime reported during the month will be marked by symbols given in Order 1698.

                                                             

                                    Sample entry :  II - L   or     III - Sl

                                                                 24/8               28/9

 

            (3) Separate annual crime charts will be maintained, one for each of the following groups of crimes:-

            (a) Murders for gain, dacoities and robberies, under items I (D)(M)(P) and (R).

 

            (b) House-breakings by day - all types

 

            (c)  House-breakings by night under items II(A), (B), (E), (R) and (T).

 

            (d) House-breakings by night under items II (H) and (K)

 

            (e) House-breakings by night under items II(W1), (W2)s and (W3).

 

            (f) Thefts (ordinary) under item IV (C1).

 

            (g) Thefts (house as well as ordinary) under items III (V) and IV(V).

 

            (h) Thefts (ordinary) under item IV(P).

 

            (4) Both in the monthly charts and in the annual charts, crimes of other district stations bordering the district must be plotted.  Cases in which the accused have been arrested and charged should be circled.

 

            (5) Graphs - The Bureau will maintain the following graphs in order to help the study of fluctuations of crime in successive years.

 

            (6) For each of the following classifications, a separate graph will be maintained and on it the number of true cases reported and the number convicted will be shown, the former by an uninterrupted line and the latte by a dotted line.

            (i) All Indian Penal Code cases.

 

            (ii) Murders

 

            (iii) Dacoities.

 

            (iv) Robberies

 

            (v) House-breakings.

 

            (vi) Thefts (other than cattle thefts)

 

            (vii) Cattle thefts.

 

            (7) Each graph sheet will be about 100 cm. by 100 cm., the X-axis being drawn two cm. above the bottom edge and the Y-axis, two cm. away from the left-hand edge of the sheet.  The X-axis will show the years and the Y-axis the number of crimes.  Five cm. on the X-axis will represent a year and one cm. on the Y-axis, 50 Indian Penal Code crimes or 10 murders, dacoities, robberies, house-breakings or cattle thefts or 20 thefts, as the case may be.  This scale may be varied, if necessary, at  the discretion of the Supe rintendent.  At the point representing the crime for a year, the exact number of crimes will be indicated in brackets.  In the case of figures of conviction, the exact number of cases convicted will be shown in brackets above the point.

 

            (8) The graphs will represent  the crime for the years 1957  onwards and crimes for successive years will be plotted on the same graphs.  A graph should normally last at least 25 years.

 

References from Investigating Officers - File of

1744.     The Bureau should keep a separate file showing references received from Investigating Officers asking for information in unlocated cases.  The purpose of this file is to indicate how far Investigating Officers have sought the help and advice of the Bureau. 

 

Calls on the Expert Staff of the Bureau with Results Achieved        

1745.     Head Constables trained in finger and foot-prints are attached to some of the Bureaux.  A separate file showing the reports received from Investigating Officers requisitioning the services of these experts and the results achieved should be maintained in the  Bureau.

 

Criminal Intelligence Gazette

 

1746.    The Criminal Intelligence Gazette of the State as well as border States should be filed in the Bureau.

DISSEMINATION OF INTELLIGENCE

1747 .   Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet

(1) For the efficient and proper dissemination of information regarding crime and criminals, a weekly crime and occurrence sheet will be published by the Bureau  in five parts in each District and a Daily crime and Occurrence Sheet will be published by the Central Crime Record Bureau in the Commissionerates.

 

(2) The sheet should be dated Saturday of each week and should embody information received up to Friday.  The pages should be numbered consecutively for the whole year commencing with January to facilitate reference.  The sheet should be despatched on Monday.

 

(3) The proforma in which the crime and occurrence sheet should be prepared is shown in Appendix XXIX.

 

(4) Part I of the sheet will open with a statement of property crime under the different heads reported to the Bureau during the week as shown in Appendix XXIX.

 

(5) Below this, the following classes of crime should be reported  headwise and datewise :

 


(i) Murder

(ii) Dacoities

(iii) Robberies

(iv) House-breakings by night

(v) House-breakings by day

(vi) House thefts, irrespective of value of property lost

(vii) Thefts other than house thefts and cattle thefts, irrespective of the                                 value of property lost.

(viii) Cattle thefts.

(ix) Receiving stolen property

(x) Cheating

(xi) Criminal breach of trust

(xii) Counterfeiting coins and currency notes

(xiii) Professional kidnapping


 

Details of the cases that occurred and were reported to the Bureau during the week and also of cases that occurred in the previous week but were reported to the Bureau during the week should be furnished.

 

            (6) The names of border stations of the district should be underlined and the names of the bordering district or districts should be noted below the circle name.

 

            (7) List of all identifiable properties should be published  under each new case in Part I.  Full descriptive particulars and values of properties lost and recovered should be given.

 

(8) When persons suspected or known to have been implicated in a case are registered criminals of a station or dossier criminals, the fact should be clearly stated.

 

            (9) Instructions or comments on any case given by the Bureau should be published in italics, if possible, or distinctly noted under the case concerned.  In every case, the instruction or comment, if any, should be sent immediately to the officer concerned.

 

            (10) Part II of the sheet will contain the disposal of old cases and will be in the proforma shown in Appendix XXIX.

 

            (11) The disposal of all cases against property, as well as cases of murder, should be mentioned in Part II.

            (12) Part III will be published in five sections, viz.,

            (i) particulars of persons, including history-sheeted criminals, wanted in cases;

            (ii) particulars of history-sheeted persons who have been out of view but not wanted in any case;

            (iii) particulars of history-sheeted persons arrested during the week;

            (iv) particulars of history-sheeted persons released from jail during the week or likely to be released during the ensuing four weeks (to be given only in the last sheet of each month), mentioning in the case of persons actually released whether they are present at home or have gone out of view; and

            (v) arrests of suspicious strangers and/or seizure of property under suspicious circumstances, full details of property recovered being given.

 

            (13) Particulars of unidentified dead bodies, stray cattle, lost property, missing and abandoned persons, etc., should be published in Part IV.

           

            (14) Part V of the sheet will deal with matters of a general nature and should be freely used for the purpose.  Instructions to Station House Officers in regard to crime and criminals, notes of special features of individual cases and any matters of general interest should be published in this part.

 

            (15) Words or sentences should be underlined wherever necessary in the sheet in order to emphasise important points such as places likely to be visited by wanted persons and names of officers whose attention is to be drawn to any particular entry.

 

            (16) In important matters, information should be immediately communicated by the Bureau direct to the officers concerned through advisory memoranda as ordered in Order 1752, besides publishing it in the weekly crime and occurrence sheet.  For example, the slightest indication or possibility of any crime in the district being connected with crime or criminals beyond the district shall be communicated promptly to the Station House Officers, Circle Inspectors and Sub-Divisional Police Officers of the border areas of the two districts.

 

            (17) The sheets will be issued to all Superior Police Officers, Circle Inspectors and Station House Officers of the district, to the District Crime Record Bureaux of bordering districts, the Inspector-General, State Crime Record Bureau, the Range Inspectors-General, bordering the district and to such Inspectors and Station House Officers of bordering districts as the Superintendent shall decide.

 

            (18) Copies of crime and occurrence sheets should be sent by the Superintendent of the district to Railway Police Stations and Railway Circle Inspectors within the district and those in the bordering districts as well as Superintendent of Police, Railways.  The Superintendent of Police, Railways, should send copies of crime and occurrence sheets of Railway Police to the Superintendents of all the districts within the State and the Superintendents of the bordering districts of neighbouring States and the Superintendents of Railway Police of border States.

 

            (19) Sheets should be issued only with the permission of the Director General & Inspector General of Police to the officers of bordering States other than those of districts bordering this State, to whom they may be sent with the approval of the Superintendent.

 

           

            (20) On receipt of his copy the Range Inspector General of Police will study the local outbreaks of crime with a view to examining the possibility of cases occurring in different districts forming series and being connected with one another. Timely instructions should be issued for co-ordinating investigation, for locating the sources of undetected crime and for indicating ways and means of dealing with it. Such instructions should be issued then and there to the Superintendents by wireless. A copy of instructions given by the Range Inspector General of Police should also be sent to the Inspector General, MSW & MS (TS) who should likewise issue such instructions as he considers necessary to the Superintendents, with a copy to the Range Inspector General of Police.

 

Duties of Circle Inspectors/PI-SHO 

1748.     (1) When weekly crime and occurrence sheets are received by the Circle Inspector from the Bureau, he should go through them carefully and see that any instructions contained therein are promptly carried out by the station House Officers concerned and should draw the attention of his Station House Officers to any omissions in the reporting of cases.  In the case of PI SHO, he should himself see that the instructions are promptly carried out.      

 

            (2) He should, by the 5th of each month, send to the Superintendent a review of the crime of his circle for the previous month.

 

            (3) Every Inspector should attach to the monthly crime statement sent by him to the Superintendent a statement in Form No.205, showing the number of suicides during the previous month.  A register in Form No.206  should be maintained in the Bureau, wherein a page will be allotted for each month in the year.  The register should be compiled month after month from the statements received from Inspectors and the  total  struck.. This register will give ready information about suicides.

 

Monthly Crime Reviews

1749.     (1) A monthly crime review along with crime statistics should be prepared by the Superintendent with the assistance by the Bureau.  The review and crime statistics should be prepared in quadruplicate, forwarding the original to the Inspector General, SCRB and the duplicate to the Range Inspector General on or before 10th of the succeeding month.  The triplicate copy will be used for publication with weekly crime and occurrence sheet.

 

           

            (2) The Range Inspector General of Police will examine the review and issue instructions to each Superintendent and forward a copy of his memo of instructions and remarks to the Inspector General, SCRB, by 15th of the month.

 

            (3) The Inspector General (Technical Services) will put up the review of each district to the Director General  by 20th of the month with his own remarks and observations  through the Additional  Director General (Technical Services).  The orders of the Director General will be communicated by the Inspector General MSW & MS (Technical Services)  to the concerned Superintendent and range Inspector general/Deputy Inspector General.

 

            (4) The Inspector General (Technical Services) will compile a monthly review with crime statistics for the entire State and put up to the Director General by 22nd of each month through the Additional Director General (Technical Services).  After approval by the Director General, a copy will be sent to the National Crime Records Bureau, Delhi and to all Superintendents and Range Inspectors General and published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

 

Monthly Review

1750.    (a) The main objects of the monthly review are to give a brief but comprehensive account of the salient features of the crime of the month and to estimate the extent of undetected crime and indicate ways and means of dealing with it.  The review should furnish a concise appreciation of the month's crime for the benefit of all officers and directions and suggestions that are likely to be of value to the police of the district and of neighbouring districts.

 

            The monthly crime review has the following contents.

            (b) Review of Crime

 

            (1) Review of  crime of the districts/cities for the particular month will be recorded by the Superintendents of Police/Commissioners of Police in the first portion.  This will be in a narrative form which will analyse the trends of crimes.  In the second paragraph, action proposed for the next month will be indicated.

 

            (2) The next portion contains the crime statistics.  This is a comparative crime statement which mentions the figures partaining to the year before last year, last year, current year up to the end of the month under review ,figures during the corresponding month of the previous year, figures during the previous month and  figures during the month being reviewed.

 

It contains the following heads of crime:-

            A - IPC cases:


 

             1. Murder

            2. Attempt to murder

            3. Culpable Homicide not amounting   

                  to murder

            4. Rape

            5. Kidnapping and abduction

            6. Dacoity

            7. Robbery

            8. Burglary

            9. Thefts

            10. Unlawful Assembly

            11. Riots

            12. Offences against State

            13. Offences promoting enmity

                     between groups

            14. Criminal Breach of Trust

            15. Cheating

            16. Counterfeiting

            17. Forgery

            18. Cases of hurt

            19. Other IPC cases not included

                   above.


           

            B - Special and Local Laws

 

            C - Crime against Women

 

            D - Crime against Children

 

            E - Crime against Scheduled Castes by non-Scheduled castes

 

            F -  Crime against Scheduled Tribes by non-Scheduled Tribes

 

            G - Cases registered against Police personnel

 

            H - Unnatural deaths

 

            I - Motor Vehicle accidents

 

            J - Persons detained/released under the National Security Act

 

            K - Terrorists detained/released under the  appropriate special  Acts

 

            L - Persons detained/released under the Goonda Act

 

            The next statement is about the use of force by the Police.

 

           

 

In the next portion of the Crime Review form, there are seven statements - a, b, c, d, e, f, g - which indicate the following subjects:-

 

            a - Progressive disposal of cognizable offences under IPC.

 

            b - Progressive disposal of property offences.

 

            c - Progressive disposal of offences under Special and Local Laws.

 

            d - Disposals in the Courts.

 

            e - Preventive action.

 

            f - Important arrests during the month.

 

            g - Details of murders for gain and professional dacoities and other sensational cases reported during the month.

 

Crime Statistics

1751.    The following instructions are issued for compilation of the crime statistics and monthly review.

            The crime statistics will be in 5 statements in Form Nos.207 to 211.  Statements A, B, C and D will be common to all the Superintendents whereas statement E is exclusively meant for Railway Police.

 

Statement 'A' (Form No.207)

 

            (a) This statement should give particulars of only cases reported under Indian Penal Code, excluding cases dealt with under Section 157(1)(b), Criminal Procedure Code, with reference to pending cases of previous years and cases reported during the current year.

 

            (b) The cases should be shown under different types of offences as detailed in column 2.

 

            © Column 3 should contain the total number of cases pending disposal at the beginning of the current year from previous years and columns 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11sd and 12 should contain the disposal for the cases shown in column 3  and the total of the figures in these columns should tally with the figure in column 3.  If there is any difference, the same with the nature of disposal should be shown in the  remarks column against each type of crime.

 

            (d) In column 13, the number of cases under Indian Penal Code reported to the end of the month under review from the beginning of the current year should be shown.  This figure should agree with the total of figures given in columns 14, 15, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21 and 22.  Should there be any difference, the number of such cases and the nature of  disposal should be noted in the remarks column as against each type of crime.

 

            (e) Columns 24 and 25 show the number of cases pending trial for over two months and over four months respectively, out of the total number of cases pending trial as shown in column 23.  The remaining cases are evidently pending trial for less than two months.

 

            (f) Similarly cases shown in columns 26 and 27 are cases pending investigation for over two months and four months respectively, out of the total number of cases under investigation as referred to in columns 12 and 22.  The remaining cases are evidently pending investigation for less than two months.

 

            (g) The progress of cases other than those under Indian Penal Code should not be reported in this statement.

 

Statement 'B'

 

            (a) This statement shows the number of cases under different types of offences including special and local laws reported during the month together with those in the previous month and during the period from 1st January up to the end of the month under review with corresponding figures of the previous year.  This statement is useful to gauge the crime position and disposal of crimes during the month.

 

            (b) The number of cases shown under thefts  should relate to all offences under Sections 379 and 380 of Indian Penal Code excluding cattle thefts, which should be shown as a separate item of offence and the figure should tally with the total of crimes reported in statement 'C'.

 

            (c)  The information regarding special and local laws should be furnished individually for each Law or Act and disposals shown under all the columns.

 

            (d) The figures furnished in the statement should be exclusive of cases dealt with under Section 157 (1) Cr.P.C.

 

            (e) In column 9, only cases in which final report is submitted to the court as undetectable should be furnished.

 

Statement 'C'

 

            This statement gives details of theft  mentioned in statement 'B', the disposal should be furnished as in statement 'B' from the beginning of the current year.

 

Statement 'D'

 

            The columns are self-explanatory.  The statement is intended to gauge the preventive action taken by the police.

 

Statement 'E'

 

            The statement is to be prepared by the Railway Police and the instructions given in respect of statement 'B' apply to the preparation of this statement.

 

            At the end of the year, a consolidated review of the year's crime should be prepared dealing with the salient features, steps taken and results achieved.

 

            The Superintendent of Police with the District Crime Record Bureau at his disposal/the Commissioner of Police with the City Crime Record Bureau at his disposal, with his own knowledge and experience, should produce the monthly reviews that will be of practical value, but this result can only be achieved by  personal interest and application.

 

Advisory and Crime Memorandum Books

1752.   . (1) The Bureau should maintain a separate memorandum book in trifoil (Form No.212)  for all the advisory and crime warning memoranda issued by it.  The book should be maintained in chronological order  of this memoranda and each memorandum issued by the Bureau should be given a separate number, such as 1/Crime/64, 2/Crime 64, etc.  The Bureau should see that the reply to each memorandum is promptly received and filed along with the office copy of the memorandum.

 

            (2) As soon as the Bureau receives information regarding the occurrence of a property crime, it should study the indices maintained by it with a view to seeing whether any criminal of the same modus operandi has operated in the area previously or has any relations or associates in the station limits or the neighbouring station limits and whether dossier criminal or history-sheeted criminal who is out of view from that station or at neighbouring station or any criminal who has returned from jail recently is likely to have committed the offence.  This information can be picked up by the Bureau very easily from the records in the District Crime Record Bureau.  It should, however, be noted that the modus operandi is not the sole criterion for the determination of the probable complicity of a criminal, because many active criminals adopt more than one modus operandi.

 

            (3) The Bureau should make a careful study of crime on receipt of crime reports and other reports, weekly station reports, crime and occurrence sheets of border districts and information regarding the probable dates of release of history-sheeted persons and issue warnings direct to the Station House Officers and Circle Inspectors, with copies to Sub-Divisional Police  Officers, on the indication or possibility of an outbreak of crime and about the release of any dangerous criminals.

 

            (4) Cordial and mutual co-operation between the Bureau and the local Police Officers is of primary importance if the Bureau is to fulfil its purpose as a central organisation and a fountain of information for controlling the crime and the criminals of the district.

 

Visits to and Inspections of the Bureau

1753.     (1) All officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspectors stationed at the district headquarters should visit the Bureau once a month.  Those stationed outside should make it a point to visit the Bureau whenever they visit the district headquarters or at least once a quarter.  A register in Form No.213 should be maintained in the Bureau to show the days on which and the purpose for which each officer visited the Bureau and the business transacted during the visit.  The register will be written up at the end of each visit and should be put up to the Superintendent immediately after each visit is over.  The register should also be produced at the time of each inspection.

 

            (2) The Circle Inspector when visiting the Bureau should ascertain if his Sub-Inspectors are giving proper assistance to the District Crime Record Bureau and furnishing correct information.

 

            (3) Sub-Divisional Police Officers should visit the Bureau whenever they visit the district headquarters and leave notes in the visiting book maintained for the purpose.

 

            (4) The Superintendent should visit the bureau as frequently as possible and make a detailed inspection of the Bureau once a year.

 

            (5) The Range Inspector General during his inspection of the district headquarters  should also inspect the Bureau.

 

1754.    The Police Stations should fill up the integrated forms supplied, i.e., the First Information Report, Crime Details Form, Property Seizure Memo, Arrest/Court Surrender Memo, Details of cultural properties seized/recovered/stolen/involved, details of counterfeit currency seized/recovered, details of Narcotic drugs seized/recovered, details of identifiable  property, general properties including fire arms seized/recovered/stolen/involved, details of automobiles seized/recovered/stolen/involved, final report/charge-sheet  form.,  Court disposal memo and result of appeal, at the appropriate stages of the investigation and prosecution.

 

2.  State Crime Record Bureau

1755.    The Karnataka State Computer Wing was redesignated as the State Crime Record Bureau during the year 1992 and the Additional Director General of Police, Technical Services was designated as the Head of the State Crime Record Bureau.

 

1756     After the formation of the State Crime Record Bureau, the Superintendent of Police, Deputy Superintendent of Police, Police Inspectors and other ranks working in the Police Computer Wing were redesignated as the respective Officers of the State Crime Record Bureau. 

 

1757.    The State Crime Record Bureau has been  established with a purpose of  ensuring  proper compilation and dissemination of crime figures and criminal intelligence and co-ordination with neighbouring States and National Crime Record Bureau. Attention is drawn to S.O. 912 in this regard.

 

1758.     At the District level the staff allotted to the Police Computer Wing, District Crime Record Bureau, Crime Section of the District Police Offices, Single digit Finger Print Unit, District Scientific Aid Unit and Dog Squad are  grouped together to form part of the

District Crime Record Bureaux of the respective districts.  The District Crime Record Bureau would work under the direct control and supervision of the Deputy Superintendent of Police/PI, DCRB and the Additional Superintendent of Police of the concerned  district would supervise, guide and control the work of the District Crime Record Bureau subject to the general control and supervision of the respective Superintendents of Police of the district.  The staff allotted to the District Scientific Aid Unit has been  allotted to the District Crime Record Bureau of the respective districts and City Police Units.  

 

1759.    The State Crime Record Bureau  works under the control and supervision and guidance of the Additional Director General of Police, Technical Services,  who exercises  the same powers in respect of the staff of State Crime Record Bureau and the District Crime Record Bureaux as are being exercised by the Additional Director General of Police, Telecommuniation Tansport and Modernisation,  in respect of the wireless staff posted to various districts and City Police units.  The  DCRB is the main source of information for SCRB.  The SCRB collects information on Crimes & Criminals in the prescribed format periodically from the DCRB  and then disseminates the analytical  data to the various units and the NCRB.  The SCRB assists the DCRB incomputerising the data on  Crimes  &  Criminals by providing the required software and the technical knowhow. 

 

1760.   As the State Crime Record Bureau increasingly uses the modern computer technology for increasing the efficiency of the Police work, suitable Officers, i.e. qualified and competent persons should be posted not only to the State Crime Record Bureau but also to the District Crime Record Bureaux.   Postings of the Officers of and above the rank of Police Inspectors to the State Crime Record Bureau and the District Crime Record Bureaux will be made by the Director General of Police in consultation with the Additional Director General of Police, Technical Services.  Similarly, postings of Officers of and below the rank of Police Sub Inspectors will be made by the competent authorities, i.e., District Superintendents of Police and Commissioners of Police of the Cities with the written concurrence of the Additional Director General of Police, Technical Services.

 

3.    NATIONAL CRIME RECORDS BUREAU

1761.    The National Crime Records Bureau was established in 1986 to function as a National Repository of crime and criminal information.  The NCRB aims at helping the investigating agencies by providing them with extensive and up to   date crime and criminal  information.  This is done through computerised storage and retrieval of information with regard to the crime and criminal data such as modus operandi, personal data, finger print, photographs, criminal history and details of property which may be the subject matter of crime.  The success of NCRB depends on the successful functioning of SCRBs and DCRBs which are to provide the crime data.

 

Objectives of the NCRB

1762.    (1) To function as a storehouse of information on crime and criminals including those operating at national and inter-national levels so as to assist the Investigators and others in linking crimes to their perpetrators.

 

            (2) To store, co-ordinate and disseminate information on inter-State and inter-National criminals from and to respective States, National Investigating agencies, Courts and Prosecutors in the country without having to refer to the Police Station records.

 

            (3) To collect and process crime statistics at the national level.

 

            (4) To supply data to penal and correctional agencies for their tasks of rehabilitation of criminals, their remand, parole, premature release, etc.

 

            (5) To co-ordinate, guide and assist the functioning of the State Crime Records Bureaux.

 

            (6) To provide training facilities to the personnel of the Crime Records Bureaux, and

 

            (7) To evaluate, develop and modernise crime Record Bureaux.

 

4.  COMPUTERISATION

1763.     (1) The Crime/Criminal statistics of the State is being maintained in the State Crime Records Bureau which gets the information from the District and City Crime Records Bureaux.  The DCRBs/CCRBs collect the information from the Police Stations, compile them and send the same to the State Crime Records Bureau for collation.  The State Crime Records Bureau distributes this information to the senior officers of the State Police, the State Government and the Central Government through the National Crime Records Bureau (NCRB).

 

            (2)  Computerisation of the crime/crime statistics was started in 1974  and all the Units of the State have been provided with computers and the State Crime Records Bureau has been fully computerised.  All the Units are linked through E-Mail which is operated through hotline and at some locations through D.O.T lines.  The computerisation at these locations are operated by trained Police personnel.

 

CRIME, CRIMINAL INFORMATION SYSTEM  (CCIS) PROJECT

1764.      (1)  The various Police forms for registering the crimes and for their disposals have been standardised by the Government of India.  Accordingly, standardised proformae  have been suggested.  These forms are the First Information Report, Crime Details Form, Arrest/Court Surrender Memo, Properties Seizure Memo, Final Report, Court Disposal Memo, and the Result of appeal.  These forms are known as Integrated Investigation Forms  (IIF).  The advantage of adopting these forms will be that the information on crime and criminals will be recorded in a structured manner throughout the country.  The forms are designed in such a manner that the Investigating Officer will not miss out on any information that is required for the registration and investigation. 

 

            (2)  As a part of the CCIS Project, the Government of India have supplied the necessary hardware and software to all the States.  The software has been developed by the NCRB.

 

            (3)  Apart from computerising the crime/criminal statistics, the Units making use of the infrastructure available have computerised other subjects like personnel information, portrait building system, finger print classification, modus operandi and other subjects.

 

            (4)   The Unit Officers should pay more attention towards computerisation and see that the personnel are trained properly and the training should be organised continuously in batches.  All the data should be collected and stored in the computers.  The DCRB/CCRB should be the centre of computerisation in the Unit and the Superintendent of Police/Commissioner of Police will be responsible for the success of computerisation as an aid to investigation.

* * * * *


 

CHAPTER XLIV

 

CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT

 

1765.     (I) The Criminal Investigation Department comprises of the following branches :

                        1. Corps of Detectives

                        2. Training

                        3. CID-Forest

                        4. CID-Food Cell

                        5. Economic Offences

                       

(ii)    The Criminal Investigation Department is headed by an Officer of the rank of Director General of Police who is assisted by officers of the rank of Addl. Director General of Police/Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector General of Police and officers of other ranks.  This organisation is under the overall administrative control of the Director General & Inspector General of Police. 

 

            (iii)   The Inspector General of Police, COD assists the DGP COD in the supervision of investigation of the cases taken over by the COD and also exercises control over the administration of the office of the CID.  He supervises the work of the DIG-CID and also oversees the investigation work of the various squads of the COD, reviewing the progress of the investigation at various stages.

 

            (iv) The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID is the Chief Administrative Officer of the CID.  He exercises supervision over the various branches of the CID administration and also closely supervises the work of the Superintendents of Police and other officers of the COD squads.  He will guide the Investigating Officers in their work of investigation and also ensures expeditious and proper disposal of cases.

 

CORPS OF DETECTIVES

1766.      The Corps of Detectives was established during the year 1974 by the Government of Karnataka in Order No.229/PEG/73, dated 15.4.1974.

 

 

1767. The Government have established the Corps of Detectives  in the Criminal Investigation Department for investigating major crimes and cases involving economic and financial offences which would require special knowledge of both law and investigation.  The main objective of the establishment of the Corps of Detectives is to achieve maximum results in the detection of crimes and also to inspire public confidence in police administration.

 

1768.     (I) With the establishment of the Corps of Detectives  the following eight squads were formed  in the first stage to take up the investigations of the cases entrusted.

            1. Homicide Squad

            2. Burglary Squad

            3. Fraud Squad

            4. Counterfeit Squad

            5. Arms & Explosives Squad

            6. Vice Squad

            7. Anti-smuggling Squad

            8. Special Enquiry Squad

 

            (ii)   Subsequently the Anti-Dowry Cell and three Anti-Dacoity Squads were created in addition to the eight squads mentioned above, specially to deal with dowry death cases and the menace of dacoity. 

 

1769.   As  the COD  is an exclusive investigating agency only cases entrusted by the Government of Karnataka and the Director General & Inspector General of Police of Karnataka State shall be taken up for investigation.  Further as per the Government Order cases of the following nature are being automatically taken up for investigation by the COD

            1. Custodial death

            2. Dowry death

            3. Gun running and counterfeit currency

 

The classes of crime to be investigated by the COD

1770.   The COD will ordinarily deal with crimes of the following nature :

            (a) Currency note forgery case;

            (b) Cases of counterfeit of coins;

            (c)  Cases of professional poisoning;

            (d) Theft of Government arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms;

            (e) Important cases in which foreigners are concerned (including cases of international criminals and traffic in women by foreigners) ;

            (f) Cases of dacoity/robbery or house breaking and theft of a peculiar nature which indicate the work of an adept gang not previously noticed or accounted for by the local Police.

            (g) Cases of fraud, theft or cheating of a peculiar nature which affect more than one District ;

            (h) Cases of smuggling of opium, cocaine and other narcotics of an Inter-State nature;

            (i) Important conspiracy cases whose ramifications extend to several districts ;

            (j) Gang cases ;

            (k) Pornography ;

            (l) Any serious crime which appears to have a political motive, including all offences connected with arms and explosives which are suspected to be of a political nature ;

            (m)  Dowry death cases   

            (n)  Serious dacoity cases involving interstate dacoit gangs

 (o)  Cases of such a complicated and sensational nature as in the opinion of the Government or the Director General & Inspector General of Police call for investigation by the COD.

 

1771.     The distribution of the classes of crimes among the  squads is as follows :

1. Homicide Squad

            (i) Murder and murder for gain under (m) of Order 1770.

            (ii) Cases of professional poisoning.

2. Burglary Squad

            (i) Dacoity, robbery, House Breaking and Thefts falling under Order 1770.

            (ii) Thefts and theft of antiques falling under (f) or (g) of Order 1770.

            (iii) Gang Cases.

3. Fraud Squad

            Economic Offences, fraud, cheating, misappropriation and criminal breach of trust falling under (g) of Order 1770.

 

4. Counterfeit Currency Squad

            (i) Forged currency notes.

            (ii) Counterfeiting of coins.

 

 

5. Illicit Arms and Explosives Squad

            (i) Theft of Government arms and ammunition and illicit trade in arms.

            (ii) Any serious crime which appears to have a political motive, including all          

                 offences connected with arms and explosives which are suspected to be of a 

                  political nature.

            (iii) Manufacture and sale of illicit arms and explosive substances.

 

6. Vice Squad

            (i) Important cases in which foreigners are concerned (including cases of International criminals and traffic in women by foreigners).

            (ii) Abduction of women.

            (iii) Pornography

            (iv) Kidnapping and maiming of children for begging.

            (v) Activities of 'call girls' and night clubs.

            (vi) Offences under the Excise Act, M.V. Act, Untouchability Act, Habitual Offenders Act, S.I.T. Act and E.C. Act.

7. Anti-smuggling Squad

            Smuggling of contraband articles like narcotics, drugs, LSD, Hashish, Indian foreign liquor, gold, cloves etc. and foreign goods.

 

8. Special Enquiries Squad

            All Confidential enquiries entrusted to the CID by the Director  General of Police and the government, regarding complaints and allegations made against persons and institutions.

 

9.  Anti-Dowry Cell -

            The Anti-Dowry Cell deals mainly with the investigation of dowry death cases and other related matters. 

 

10. Anti-Dacoity Squads

            The Anti-Dacoity Squads combat the menace of dacoity and  take up for investigation specific cases of dacoitees which involve the operation of inter-state criminals.  The squads were stationary  for the purpose of mobility one each at Bellary, Gulbarga and Bangalore so that their assistance would be available to the respective Range Inspectors General of Police in the detection of dacoity cases.

 

1772.    The Director General of Police, COD,  will have overall discretion  to reallot cases to any specific Squad where the investigation comes in the purview of more than one Squad.  The Inspector General of Police, COD and the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID also have similar powers.

 

DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS OF POLICE AND OTHER OFFICERS

1773    (i) Superintendent of Police

The Superintendent of Police in-charge of the squad will be completely responsible for the proper and effective working of his squad.  He will see that the records and documents to be maintained are kept up-to-date.  He will personally supervise the progress of investigation, issue instructions and submit all prescribed returns to his superiors.  He will visit scenes of occurrence and direct investigations.  In important cases he will take up personal investigation.  He should attend as many trials at Sessions as is possible in cases pertaining to his squad.

 

(ii) The Deputy Superintendent/Asst. Superintendent of Police

            He will assist the Superintendent of Police in the functioning of the Squad both in the office and in the field.  He will be responsible to the Superintendent of Police for the efficient working of the subordinate staff.  He will also take up cases for personal investigation when directed to do so.  He should attend the trials at sessions in cases pertaining to his squad.

 

(iii) Police Inspectors/Women Police Inspectors

            The Inspectors of Police form the main core of the Corps of Detectives in taking up personal investigations and enquiries.  They shall submit case diaries promptly and such returns as are prescribed from time to time to Deputy Superintendent of Police/Superintendent of Police.  They will be held fully responsible for the investigation and detection of the cases entrusted to them.

 

(iv) Sub-Inspectors

            The Sub-Inspectors will not only assist the Inspectors but also be given cases for personal investigation.  They will submit their case diaries of their personal investigation promptly to the Deputy Superintendent of Police/Superintendent of Police.  When assisting the Police Inspectors, their reports will be sent to the concerned Police Inspector.

 

 

 

(v) Head Constables and Police Constables

            Head Constables and Police Constables will be utilised by the Investigating staff for normal field work like locating witnesses, intelligence duties, execution of process and such other functions as  would otherwise consume the valuable time of a busy I.O.  It is to be stressed that they are a part of the Investigating Team and should not to be utilised as personal orderlies.

 

Diaries

1774.    1) The Superintendent of Police will submit monthly diary through the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and Inspector General of Police, COD, to the Director General of Police, COD.  The Deputy Superintendent of Police/Assistant Superintendent of Police will submit their weekly diaries to the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, through their Superintendents of Police.

            2) The Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors will write the  daily diary and submit a copy to the Superintendent of Police through the Deputy  Superintendent of Police whether in headquarters or out in the field for investigation.  The remarks of the superior officers on the daily diary will be communicated to the concerned in memo form and compliance obtained.

            3) Head Constables and Police Constables will maintain note books to indicate the duties performed by them each day and produce them for check by the supervisory officers.

 

OTHER OFFICERS ATTACHED TO THE  C. I. D.

1775    1. Legal Advisers

            Legal Advisers are posted to the Criminal Investigation Department by the Director of Prosecution to render legal assistance in the investigation and prosecution of cases.  All Investigating Officers and other Officers will meet them often personally and discuss their cases during the stage of investigation and will continue to consult them on legal matters throughout till the final disposal of the cases.  The Legal Advisers will give written opinion on any matter referred to them by the Director General of Police, COD/Inspector General of Police, COD/Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, and the Superintendents of Police of  the Criminal Investigation Department.

 

2. Auditors

            Senior and junior Auditors are attached to the CID to assist the Investigating Officers in cases of fraud, misappropriation and others.  They shall assist in the auditing and giving of expert advice in cases brought to them by the IOs and also referred to them by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID/Inspector General of Police, COD and Director General of Police, COD.

Ministerial Staff

1776.  The ministerial staff will be under the overall control of the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID and their work will be supervised by the Assistant Administrative Officer.  Allocation of Stenographers and Typists will be done by the Deputy Inspector General of Police,  CID.

 

Posting Of Officers to the CID

1777.    1) The Director General of Police, COD will get the Personal Confidential File of  the Offices and after scrutinising them will draw up a panel of names of Officers who are considered fit for being posted to the COD.   Such list together with the personal confidential files will be sent to the Director General & Inspector General of Police, who after interviewing the concerned Officers will make a final selection in consultation with the DGP, COD/Commissioner of Police and Range Inspectors General of Police  and order the posting.

 

            2) While considering the case of Inspectors of Police, Sub-Inspectors of Police and other ranks the following general rules shall be followed in the selection of staff:

            (a) Police Inspectors  - The Director General of Police, COD, Training & Economic Offences will annually call for the Confidential Personal Files of the Police Inspectors from all the IGP of Ranges and the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore including those working in the Intelligence and other Units subject to the following conditions :

            1. They should not be above the age of 52 years.

            2. They should not have been overlooked for promotion as Deputy Superintendent of Police.  In addition, the Director General of Police, COD will call for the personal confidential files of Sub-Inspectors brought on the select list as fit for promotion to the rank of Police Inspectors.

 

(b) Sub-Inspectors of Police

            The Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID will annually call for the confidential personal files of Sub-Inspectors from the Ranges and the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore including those working in Intelligence and other Units subject to the following conditions :-

            (i) They should not be above the age of 52 years.

            (ii) They should have put in atleast 5 years of service

            (iii) Sub-Inspectors found unfit for promotion to the rank of Police Inspector

                   should not be considered.

            (iv) Preference will be given to those who are trained in Central Detective Training School and other specialised courses and the best cadet of each  batch of Sub-Inspector cadets in the Karnataka Police Academy,  Mysore.

 

(c) Head Constables

            The DIG-CID will obtain from the Superintendents of Police, a list of Head Constables suitable for being posted to the Corps of Detectives subject to the following conditions.  Preference will be given to those who are recipients of medals for investigation and detection, and

            (i) they should not be above the age of 52 years,

            (ii) only such names as are on the promotion list are to be obtained,

            (iii) 10 names from each district and 30 names from the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and 10 each from the other Commissionerates should be obtained.

 

            The DIG-CID will draw up a panel of Head Constables for being posted to the Corps of Detectives.

 

(d) Constables

            The DIG-CID will select Police Constables for the Corps of Detectives subject to the following conditions.  Preference will be given to those who are recipients of medals for investigation and detection.

            (i) They should be in the age group of 30 to 50 years with a clean record of service.

            (ii)  A panel of names may be drawn up after calling for 10 names from each district and 30 names from the Commissioner of Police, Bangalore, and 10 names each from the other Commissionerates.

            (iii)  The final panel will be sent to the DG & IGP who in consultation with the concerned officers will issue the order or posting.

 

Dress Order  

1778.     Except on ceremonial occasions officers and men of the Criminal Investigation Department should not use uniform and should not salute while greeting their superiors and  others.

* * * * *


CHAPTER XLV

 

FOOD CELL

1779.      (1)  A Unit under the nomenclature of Crime Branch-II (CB CID-II) was functioning  under the CID set up as an additional agency to the District Police Unit for the prevention and detection of violation  under the Essential Commodities Act, 1955 and other orders issued thereunder.  This Unit to begin with was headed by a Superintendent of Police.  Subsequently in view of the importance of the unit the designation of the Superintendent of Police was changed as Director of  Enforcement, Food and Civil Supplies Cell.  Subsequently the  Cell was placed under the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Forest, who was designated as DIG-Food & Forest.  Later a post of   Deputy Inspector General of Police was created exclusively to head the Food Cell under whom the Cell started functioning.

 

(2)  The Food Cell was brought under the administrative control of the Secretary to Government, Food and Transport Department at the Government level during the year 1989.  Subsequently in a Notification dated  23-7-90 the Food Cell working under the administrative control of Food and Transport Department was renamed as Food and Civil Supplies Enforcement Department.

           

(3)  During the year 1992 the Government took a decision to abolish the Food Cell i.e., the Food and Civil Supplies Enforcement Department and considered it necessary to       strengthen the Department of Food and Civil Supplies to undertake enforcement activities.  Hence in G.O.No.FTD 460 EFT 92 dated 22 December 92 the Food and Civil Supplies Enforcement Department was abolished.

           

(4)   Again in  the year 1996 with a view to re-organise the Food and Civil Supplies Enforcement activities the Government in their Order No. HD 176 POP 95 dated 3.2.96, created the post of Deputy Inspector General of Police, Food Cell.  This Unit of Deputy Inspector General of Police, Food Cell currently comes under the administrative control of the Home Department, and works under the direct control of the Director General of Police, COD Training, and Economic Offences.

 

 

 

Duties and functions of the Cell

1780.    (I) The Cell is entrusted with the responsibility of collecting intelligence regarding crimes relating to food and other essential commodities and also for tackling of hoarding and profiteering in food-grains.

            (ii) The Cell  detects cases of violation of the provisions of the various State and Central enactments regarding essential commodities and prosecute the offenders under the relevant provisions of the  Essential Commodities Act, 1955.

*****


CHAPTER XLVI

 

CID - FOREST CELL

 

1781.      With a view to taking effective steps to protect the existing valuable forest produce and to prevent the smuggling of the same, C.I.D. Forest Cell was formed through  Government Order No.HD 221 PEG  72, dated 15th December, 1972 (Appendix - XXXI).  Depending on the local needs it was further augmented through Government Order No. HD 48 PEG 80, dated 2nd April 1980 (Appendix - XXXII)  and Government Order No. HD 57 PEG 80 dated  7th October 1980 (Appendix - XXXIII) and Government Order No. HD 57 PEG 80, dated 27th March 1983 (Appendix - XXXIV).  Subsequently the Unit was reorganised and it was brought under the charge of an Inspector General of Police who works under the supervision of Director General of Police, COD, Training, Special Units and Economic Offences (Appendix - XXXV).

 

ORGANISATION

1782.     (a) The following is the strength of this Organisation:

 

1. Inspector  General of Police, Forest, with Hqrs. at Bangalore                 1

 

2. Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, Forest  with headquarters      1     

    at Bangalore.             

 

3. Superintendent of Police, CID, Forest Cell, Madikeri                           1

 

4. The Forest Cell, CID, Bangalore consists of:         

a) Deputy Superintendent  of Police                   1

b) Police Inspector                                                        2

c) Police Sub Inspector                                            4

d) Head Constable                                                        8

             e) Police Constable (Civil)                                                          12

f) Armed Police Constable (Driver)                     3

 

              (b)  The Cell functions under the direct supervision of Inspector General of Police, Forest,  Bangalore.

 

1783    (I) Special forest squads or forest mobile squads are established in the following districts:           

a) Mysore - 3 Squads

b) Kodagu - 3 Squads

c) Dakshina Kannada           - 2 Squads

d) Shimoga             - 1 Squad

e) Uttara Kannada           - 1 Squad

f) Belgaum          - 1 Squad

g) Hassan  - 1 Squad

h) Dharwad           - 1 Squad,

Each Squad is headed by a Sub-Inspector of Police.  

            (ii)  The Squads are stationed at the places noted against them and shall pay special attention to the areas specified against them:

           DISTRICT               STATIONED AT                   AREAS OF SPECIAL INTEREST

            1.Mysore               Kollegal  F. M. S.                             State border with Tamil Nadu

            2.Mysore                Chamarajanagar F.M.S.         State border with Kerala and T.N.

            3.Kodagu                Virajpet F.M.S.                      State border with Kerala

            4.Kodagu                Madikeri ,F.M.S. .                        State border with Kerala      

            5.D.K.Dist.             Mangalore,F.M.S.                  State border with Kerala

            6.D.K.Dist.             Puttur F.M.S.                         State border with Kerala

            7.Hassan                 S.K.Pur S.F.S.                       National Highway viz., Shiradighat

            8.Shimoga              Channagiri  S.F.S.                 Shikaripura,Soraba and channagiri at the 

                                                                                           border of Dharwad and Chitradurga Dists.

           

               9.Dharwad               Hubli S.F.S.                        National Highway No.4 from Harihar to       

                                                                                           Dharwad.

10.Belgaum             Belgaum S.F.S.                    National Highway No.4 from Dharwad to

                                                                                          Belgaum and Nippani.

              11.U.K.Dt.              Dandeli S.F.S.                     Area covered by Mysore Power Corporation.

                       

            12.Madikeri            Makutta F.M.S.                    State Border with Kerala.

 

            13.Mysore              Mysore F.M.S.                       State border with Kerala.

 

1784.     (i) While the offices of the IGP, Forest Cell and Superintendent of  Police, CID, Forest Cell are exercising  administrative control over the Forest Mobile Squads, those in the districts are borne on the  strength of the concerned district.

 

(ii) Superintendents of Police constitute the Squads from Officers drawn from within their own force. Care should be taken to include only such persons as are physically fit, energetic and capable of putting forth strenuous effort. The Officers, specially the Sub Inspectors of Police, should be young and having a clean record of service.

 

CHECK POSTS OF KARNATAKA-KERALA BORDER

1785.        To assist the forest staff posted at the forest check posts at the Karnataka-Kerala border in Kodagu District in their duties of checking the smuggling of the forest produces the Government have sanctioned one Company of KSRP with requisite number of Officers and men.  Apart from the KSRP reinforcement, one Civil Head Constable is also posted at each of the check posts to handle professional matters like drawing up of panchanamas, drafting complaints, etc.  The staff deployed  functions under the administrative control of the Superintendent of Police, CID-Forest Cell, Madikeri.

 

FUNCTIONS

1786.    (I)  The Forest Cell at Bangalore which works under the Inspector General of Police, (Forest) will supervise and co-ordinate the work of all the agencies connected with the prevention of smuggling of forest produce, specially sandalwood, rosewood, teakwood, other valuable timber species and poaching of elephants for tusks.

(2)  It will take up investigation of cases referred to it by the Government, by the Director General and Inspector General of Police, Director General of Police, COD  & Training,  Inspector General of Police, Forest  where inter-district and inter-state criminals are concerned  or offence is committed by an organised gang.

 

(3)  The Cell will also take up enquiry of petitions or complaints referred to it by  the Government, by the Director General and Inspector General of Police, Director General of Police, COD, Training & Economic Offences and Inspector General of Police, Forest.

 

(4)  It will compile the following information:

a) Alphabetical index of known and suspected smugglers of forest produce:

b) Index of all vehicles, cars and trucks known or suspected to be used for  

    smuggling.

c) Index of  Modus operandi used by organised gangs.

d) Subject file of individuals and organised gangs.

e) Guard file (Est.)

f) Guard life (Confidential).

 

1787     For purpose of enquiry, investigation or enforcement of the provisions of the K.F. Act and Rules, all Superintendents of Police of Districts and Commissioners of Police, Bangalore City, Mysore and Hubli-Dharwad will provide necessary facilities like utilisation of the police lock-up, equipment, arms and ammunition etc., for the use of the officers of the Forest Cell..

 

1788     All reports and records of the cell will be confidential and officers and officials concerned will ensure that such information is kept secure and not made known to unauthorised  persons.

 

1789.     The Superintendent of Police, CID, Forest Cell, Madikeri will be the co-ordinating and guiding authority to the Squads located in the districts of Mysore, Kodagu and Dakshina Kannada which are attached to him, under the general control and supervision of the Inspector general of Police, (Forest) Bangalore. The Superintendent of Police of the district will ensure effective check and supervision over the other squads.

 

THE SQUADS

1790.   (1) The main work of the squads will be to collect intelligence about forest offenders and offences and to take effective action against the offenders and prevent theft or  smuggling of valuable forest produce.          

 

(2)  The Squad will maintain close liaison with the forest officers  of the district, pay surprise visits to the forest check posts in their limits and scrutinise the entries in the check post Register. Irregularities and omissions if any noticed be reported to the concerned Conservator of Forests, or Deputy Conservator of Forests through the Superintendent of Police.

 

(3)  The PSI of the Squads should attend the monthly crime meeting held by the Superintendents of    Police in the District Police Office of the respective district.

 

(4)  The PSI of  the Squads should submit the weekly diaries to the  Inspector General of Police, (Forest)  Bangalore through the Superintendents of Police of the districts or Superintendents of Police, CID, Forest Cell, Madikeri. The diaries received will be scrutinised by the Inspector General  of Police, Forest, Bangalore  who will see that appropriate instructions are issued for the effective working of the Cell and Squads.

 

          The Squads will maintain

            i) District information book which will give full particulars of the forest areas, Sandalwood growing areas, rosewood areas etc., the names of current forest officers, range Forest Officers etc., the names of convicted offenders and receivers pertaining to forest offences, suspects and any general information pertaining to forest offences. This will be  on the lines prescribed already in the Police Manual as Circle Information book maintained by the Circle Inspector  of Police.  In this case, it will be maintained by the Sub Inspector of Police for the entire District, but will specialise only about forest offences and  it will include crime statistics about forest offences registered in all Police Stations in the district.

ii) Weekly diary file, i.e., office copies of weekly diary submitted by the Sub Inspector of Police to the Inspector General of Police, (Forest) through the Superintendent of Police.

iii) File regarding particulars of monthly T.A./D.A. etc.

iv) Confidential reports or records relating to persons suspected of indulging in or abetting forest offences.

v) The M.O.B. cards and History sheets should be maintained in the Police Stations by the concerned Sub Inspector of Police and made available to the Sub Inspector of Police incharge  of the Forest Squad when required.  The Sub Inspector of Police, Forest Squad  should pass on such information, as he may have, to the Sub Inspector of Police incharge of Police Station, so that he may make necessary entries in the records of the Police Station including M.O.B. Cards and History Sheet.

 

1791      In all forest offences, where value of property exceeds Rs.25,000/- a Wireless or a T.P. Message should be sent to Inspector General of Police, (Forest), Director General and Inspector General of Police, Bangalore and Director  General of Police, COD, Training & Economic Offences, Bangalore.  If the value of property exceeds Rs.25,000/- Grave Crime Report and progress reports should be sent to the Inspector General of Police, Forest, Bangalore and Director General  and Inspector General of Police, Bangalore, till the disposal of the case as prescribed in the Karnataka State Police Manual.

 

1792      Killing of an elephant for tusks irrespective of the value is treated as Heinous Offences and the same procedure should be followed in sending T.P.Message or Wireless Message and  submission of progress reports.

USE OF VEHICLES

1793.     (i) The use of the Squad and the Vehicle allotted to the Squad should be restricted to the duties mentioned in para 14 of the Standing Order No.621.

          (ii) “Vehicles are sanctioned for the Cell and the squads with necessary complement of drivers. The proper maintenance of the vehicles of the Cell at Bangalore will be the responsibility of the MTO and the PI, CID, Forest Cell, Bangalore, whereas those of the squads located in Mysore, Kodagu and Dakshina Kannada districts will be the responsibility of the S.P. CID, Forest Cell, Madikeri, and those of other Squads, of the Superintendents  of Police of the concerned district”.

GENERAL

1794    . (i) The Inspector General of Police, Forest Cell, will review the work done by the Forest Mobile Squads and the District Police every month, and send the review to the IGP, Forest who after reviewing  the same will send it to the Secretary to Government, Forest Department, Bangalore, Director General and Inspector general of Police, Karnataka State, Bangalore, Director General of Police, COD & Training, Bangalore, and Inspector General of Police, COD, Bangalore.

 

(ii) The Sub Inspectors of Police incharge of the Forest Mobile Squads and the ASP/DSP of the Forest Cell Headquarters, will send statements of work done by their squads to the Inspector General of Police, Forest Cell, Bangalore, in the prescribed Proforma by 5th of the succeeding month for review and compilation.

 

(iii) Enquiry reports and other information as called for by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, CID, (Forest) should be sent by the Superintendents of Police.

 

(iv) A monthly statement of work done by the district Police in regard to prevention and detection of offences relating to forest produce will be sent by the Superintendents of Police of districts and Commissioners of Police, in the prescribed proforma  by 10th of succeeding month to the Inspector General of Police, CID, Forest Cell for review and compilation.

* * * * *


 

CHAPTER XLVII

 

 

POLICE TRAINING INSTITUTIONS

           

1795.      (I)  The training establishment is headed by an Officer of the rank of Inspector General of Police who works under the direct supervision of the Director General of Police, COD, Training, Special  Units and Economic Offences.

Duties of the IGP-Training

(2)  The Inspector General of Police, Training will supervise the work of the Police Training Institutions and is responsible for the quality of  training, the discipline, the syllabus and also the welfare of the training personnel.  He will tour extensively and find out the difficulties of not only the training personnel and also of the trainees.  He will pay special attention to the academic content of the training, the drill and the parade.  He will be responsible for the development of the infrastructural facilities for the training institutions.  He will review the methods of training on getting a feed back from the trained Constabulary and officers and discuss the matter with the DGP, COD from time to time to achieve the maximum results of training.  The system of feed back should be formulated so that the result  of training given can be assessed.

 

1796.    The following Police Training Institutions are maintained by the Government of Karnataka:

1.               Karnataka Police Academy at Mysore.

2.         Police Training School at Channapatna.

3.         Police Training School at Gulbarga.

4.         Police Training School at Khanapur.

5.         Armed Police Training School at CAR, Bangalore.

6.         KSRP Training School at Bangalore.

7.         Traffic Training Institute at Bangalore.

8.         Police Driving & Maintenance  School at Bangalore.

9.         Special Branch Training Institute, Bangalore.

10.             Karnataka Police Wireless Training Institute at Bangalore.

 

 

KARNATAKA POLICE ACADEMY  AT MYSORE.

1797.     The Karnataka Police  Academy is under the charge of a Director who is of the rank of Deputy Inspector General of  Police. He is assisted by a Deputy Director of the rank of Superintendent of Police and  instructional staff .

TRAINING COURSES

1798.     Probationary Deputy Superintendents of Police  and Probationary Sub Inspectors are given the initial basic training in the Karnataka Police Academy. The Academy also undertakes the training of officers belonging to the Motor Vehicles, Excise and Prison Departments.

 

1799     The basic training programme for all the probationers for one year is as follows:

      (a) During the first year, they will be trained in the Karnataka Police Academy, Mysore and given instructions in the following subjects:-

INDOOR SUBJECTS:

1)                  Modern India and the role of the Police

2)         Police Organisation & Administration

3)         Law Paper I (without books)

4)         Law Paper II (with books)

5)         Law Paper III (with books)

6)         Crime Prevention

7)         Crime Investigation

8)            Forensic Medicine

9)            Forensic Science - Practicals in Forensic Science

10)            Maintenance of order

11)            Criminology

12)            Management/Human Behaviour & Police Attitude/Human Rights

13)       First Aid and Family Planning

14)       Hindi

15)       Map Reading

16)       Plan Drawing

17)            Wireless/R.T.

 

 

 

 

 

OUTDOOR SUBJECTS

1)            Equitation

2)            Physical fitness

3)         Field Craft

4)            Unarmed Combat

5)         Drill

6)            Weapon Training

7)         Crowd Control

8)            Command & control

9)            Swimming

10)       Motor Transport (driving)

11)       Rifle Shooting

12)            Revolver Shooting

13)       Games and Athletics

 

(b)        The  detail syllabus  prescribed is as in Appendix - XXXVI

(c)             For imparting training in survey and plan drawing, First-Aid and Ambulance, and Hindi, part-time lecturers/professors may be engaged from the concerned departments with the sanction of the Government, if no member of the college  staff can handle these subjects.

(d)            During the period of training, separate classes should be arranged for probationary Deputy Superintendents   for imparting instructions in Law and other subjects. they should, however, be given training in drill and parades along with the Sub Inspector cadets.  Separate arrangements should also be made for their board and lodging.

 

EXAMINATION IN THE KARNATAKA POLICE ACADEMY

1800.     After completion of training, a final examination will be held in both indoor and outdoor subjects in the Karnataka Police Academy. The examinations are conducted by a board constituted  by the Director General, COD, Training, Special Units and Economic Offences.

 

ASSISTANT COMMANDANTS, K.S.R.P.

1801.      a) Assistant Commandants recruited otherwise than by promotion from the cadre of Subedars-Major and Subedar of the K.S.R.P. shall be on probation for a period of two years. During the first year of probation, they shall undergo training in the Karnataka Police Academy ,Mysore, as per the details prescribed for the directly recruited probationary Deputy Superintendents and during the second year, they shall undergo practical training in the K.S.R.P. as per details given in Appendix - XXXVII.   It will be open to the State Government to extend the period of training, if it is considered that a Probationary Assistant Commandant has not made satisfactory progress in his practical training.

b) The probationary Assistant Commandants should send a weekly report of work done during their training in the K.S.R.P. which will be submitted by the Commandant, K.S.R.P. to the Additional Director General of Police, K S.R.P.

 

c)The Director, Karnataka Police Academy, Mysore and the Commandant, K.S.R.P. will send quarterly reports on the progress of training and work done to the Director General of Police, COD, Training, Special  Units and Economic Offences/Inspector General of Police, Training, who will forward the same to  the Government with his remarks. On completion of training, a final assessment report in Form No. 1 should be sent to the Government.

(d)  After completion of training, the Director General, will appoint him to be in independent charge of a post.

 

WOMEN POLICE CONSTABLES

1802.              Depending on the  availability of accommodation  and other facilities, the Women

Police Constables are given the initial basic training for three months either in the Karnataka Police Academy  at  Mysore or at  one of the District Training Schools.  The syllabus for this training course is  enclosed in Appendx - XXXVIII

 

IN-SERVICE TRAINING COURSES

1803.    Apart from the basic training course mentioned above, thirteen in-service training courses  are conducted for serving police officers in the Karnataka Police Academy at Mysore. These courses are as follows:

1)            Refresher Course for PSIs and PIs.

2)         Courses on Crowd Control for PSIs, PIs, DSPs.

3)         Courses on the investigation of fraud, embezzlement organised rackets and                    economic offences for PSIs, PIs & DSPs.

4)         Course on the role of Police in dealing with Juvenile delinquency for PSIS, PIs    and DSPs.

5)         Courses on  Police Community Relations for PSIs, PIs and DSPs.

6)         Course for HCs/ASIs selected for promotion to the rank of PSIs.

7)         Course for PSIs, selected for promotion to the rank of PIs

8)            Refresher course for DSPs/ACPs.

9)         Course for Police Inspectors selected for promotion to the rank of DSPs.

10)       Post N.P.A. Orientation Course for Assistant Supdts of Police

 11)      Short term Orientation course for Officers of the rank of DSPs, PIs & PSIs.

 12)            Refresher Course of Assistant Public Prosecutors.

13)            Sandwich course for IPS Officers for two weeks.

POLICE TRAINING SCHOOLS

1804.     (a)  Karnataka State Police Training School at Channapatna was established  in the year 1965 to impart training to the civil Police Constables.  Since this training school has a maximum capacity for only 600 trainees in a batch, in order to handle the workload of training the civil Police Constables belonging to the entire State two more Schools were established at Khanapur and Gulbarga. The Government also establishes temporary Police Training Schools in District Headquarters depending on the number of the untrained Constables available each year.  These Training Schools work under the administrative control of the concerned Superintendents of Police of the districts but the academic control of these schools rests with the training command.

           

ARMED POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL AT C.A.R.,  BANGALORE

1805.     (a)  The Armed Police Constables of the District Armed Reserves of the various districts  as well as the City Armed Reserve are given the initial basic training in this training school.  It is under the charge of a Principal of the rank of Superintendent of Police (non-IPS). 

b)   The syllabus for the basic training course for Armed Police Constables is  enclosed  in   the Appendix - XXXIX

 

KARNATAKA STATE RESERE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL

1806      (a)  The  Police Constables of the K.S.R.P. are trained in this School.  The school is under the charge of a Principal of the rank of Commandant of K.S.R.P. The Principal is assisted by instructional /executive staff:

 

(b)  The syllabus for the training of these Police Constables is the same as that prescribed for the Armed Police Constables in order No. 1805.  However, the Additional Director General  of Police of K.S.R.P. may make marginal changes in this syllabus with the approval of the Director General to suit the special requirements of the K.S.R.P.

 

TRAFFIC  TRAINING INSTITUTE

1807.     (a)  The Traffic Training Institute was set up in Bangalore in 1975 with the staff  one  Assistant Commissioner of Police, 3 Police Inspectors, 3 Sub-Inspectors, 1 Assistant Sub-Inspector (Draughtsman) with  the necessary supporting subordinate  staff.  This institute is meant to train the officers and men of the department in traffic engineering, traffic control, enforcement of traffic law, investigation of traffic accident cases and allied subjects, Subsequently, additional staff of 3 Sub-Inspectors, 4 Assistant Sub-Inspectors, 2 Head Constables and 8 Police Constables was sanctioned to train autorickshaw drivers in road discipline, traffic regulation, road safety and allied matters.           

 

            (b)  The following  three  courses are conducted in this institute :-   

 

            (I)  “ officers course in Traffic” for the Sub-Inspectors for a period of 40 days.               

            (ii) “Basic Training in traffic for Head Constables & Police Constables” for a period of 20  working days.   

           

            (iii) Course for autorickshaw drivers.

 

            (iv)  The TTI  also imparts training on school children in traffic regulation and control.            

The syllabus for the first two courses is  enclosed in Appendix - XL.

 

POLICE DRIVING AND MAINTENANCE SCHOOL

1808.      (a)  The Police Driving and Maintenance School has been sanctioned at Bangalore to provide adequate and proper training in driving and maintenance of motor vehicles to the drivers of the Police Department and a course on fleet management for  the officers who are required to supervise the maintenance  and management of the vehicles.  A Superintendent of Police (Armed) is in charge of the school as Principal. He is provided with the required number of inspectors as Junior Instructors and other supervisory staff.  Vehicles required for training are also provided in adequate numbers.   

 

1809.     The  Inspector General of Police, Training, will be responsible for the general control and supervision of the functioning of the school, including formulation of training policies, periodical inspections, and such other matters as may be directed by the Director General of Police.   The Superintendent of Police, Police Driving and  Maintenance School will hold independent charge and will  be the Drawing Officer.

 

1810.     The detailed duties of the controlling officers are as under:-

 

i) Inspector  General of Police, Training:

 

a)  Scrutinise and approve course programmes;

b)  Scrutinise and approve the syllabus;

c)  Lay down the standard to be achieved and the tests to be conducted;

d)  Supervise the methods and practices of training being carried out;

e)  Carry out periodical inspections of the School;

f)  Review the training methods and aids,

 

            He will be assisted by DIG taining in his responsibilities.

 

ii)  Principal of the School -

 

a)      Dealing  with all administrative matters connected with the establishment and            

      functioning of the School;

b)  Technical control, guidance and supervision of training;

c)  Preparation of syllabus for various course;

d)      Laying down tests to be conducted and standards to be achieved, and supervise the final tests;

e)  Allotment of vacancies;

f)  Issue of certificates on successful completion of training;

g)  Arranging for suitable training aids, training films and guest lectures.

 

iii)                 Inspector  of Police, Police Driving and Maintenance School:-

He will 

a)      Exercise control over the staff  provided to the school and be responsible for

the day-to-day administration of the School;

 

b)      Prepare and issue training programmes and ensure their proper

implementation;

c)      Arrange for training vehicles in time by requisitioning them through the

Deputy Commissioner of Police, City Armed  Reserve or Superintendent of Police, Motor Transport Organisation as applicable;

d)  Ensure that the interior economy of the school is conducted efficiently;

e)  Ensure discipline and performance of duties of the staff and trainees;

f)       Issue joining and dispersal instructions for  the trainees and  arrange for their

reception  and dispersal;

g)      Maintain all relevant accounts documents as laid down in government and

departmental orders;

h)      Allot duties to the staff provided to the school and ensure efficient performance;

(i) Conduct  tests  as laid down

(j)  Liaise with the Motor Vehicles Department  in getting  the learners and permanent  driving licences issued to the trainees.

 

1811      The basic course is intended to provide driving and maintenance training to Police Constables who have not less than 4 years of service and not more than 10 years of service.  The duration of this course is 4 months.  They will be trained in safe and efficient driving of all types of vehicles of the department,  carry out proper maintenance of these vehicles and attend to minor defects which may develop during the course of driving.

 

1812.     The refresher course is intended to correct the driving techniques of the drivers who are  already in service, who have not been properly trained in a properly constituted driving school, and to enable them to maintain all types of vehicles property  and attend to running defects.  The duration of this  course is one month.

 

1813.     The advanced course will cover driving of Ambassador cars, HP cars and other types of  vehicles not normally entrusted to the drivers  and also enables them to obtain HTV licence.

SPECIAL BRANCH TRAINING INSTITUTE

1814.   The Special Branch Training Institute, Bangalore, was started on 27th January, 1965 as per the orders of the Government contained in Government Order No. HD 42 SSB 64 dated 20.06.1964.  The main object of establishing this Institute is to train Police Officers in the art of collecting intelligence, and in the performance of multifaceted duties connected with Intelligence work.  The institute has a staff of one Deputy Superintendent of Police and two Police Inspectors, the work being supervised by the Superintendent of Police, Administration  and the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Intelligence, Bangalore.

 

1815.    There are two courses conducted in the institute, of which one is for a period of 21 working days for Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors, and the other a short term course of 10 working days exclusively for Police Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors posted to the State Intelligence, who have not undergone training earlier in Intelligence  Work.  The syllabi for the courses have been prepared taking into account the various techniques of trade craft based on experience gained in handling the different aspects of Special Branch Work.  The aim of the courses is to impart knowledge of essential skills for handling intelligence work, stressing the methods of collection of intelligence and reporting , apart from a review of the political spectrum, operation of various agencies, groups and movements which have a bearing on security at the State and the National level, the training methodology being a combination of lectures field exercises & film shows.   The subjects taught  include Constitution of India, Passport Act & Visa Manual,  Trade Union, Communal & Political Parties and  Trade Craft, etc.  There will be indoor and Outdoor  practical classes also.  This course is for a period of 21 days. 

 

            (B) The short-term course of 10 working days contains in a nutshell the various subjects outlined above, laying emphasis on collection of information pertaining to communal organisations, VIP security, Foreigners’ registration and related matters.

 

            (C)  The officers of SBTI also go to the districts and train the personnel in the above subjects.

 

1816.     The Deputy Superintendent of Police and Police Inspectors attached to the Institute take classes on specific subjects, and officers posted at the desk and in the field conduct classes on subjects actually being handled by them. Apart from this Special lectures are arranged through guests from I.B. and other similar specialised fields.

 

KARNATAKA POLICE WIRELESS TRAINING INSTITUTE

 

1817.     Karnataka Police Wireless Training Institute was sanctioned by the Government in the year 1958 to train wireless operators of the Wireless Branch and the Karanataka State Reserve Police.  The wireless operators of the rank of Police Constables, Head Constables and Assistant Sub-Inspectors are trained in this Institute which has a capacity to train 90 wireless operators at a time.  The training course is for a period of nine months.

(B)   This institute is under the charge of a Dy.S.P (Wireless) who works under the control and supervision of the Superintendent of Police, Wireless and Additional Director General TTM.

 

 

* * * * *

 


 

CHAPTER XLVIII

 

FINGERPRINTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS – FINGERPRINT BUREAU

 

Object

1818. In all criminal proceedings, personal identification plays an important role. Identification through fingerprint science is conclusive and infallible.  For this purpose, each State maintains a Fingerprint Bureau where a record of fingerprints of criminals committing certain specific offences is kept.

 

Principal Items of Work of the Bureau

1819.               (a)   Recording finger-print slips of convicts;

(b)       Searching of fingerprint slips, referred to it to ascertain antecedents;

(c)       Comparisons and opinion on finger-impressions on documents in civil and criminal cases received from courts and other agencies;

(d)       Comparison of latent prints and giving opinions, when required;

(e)       Single digit recording and searches;

(f)        Action on absconder’s reports;

(g)       Evidence in court;

(h)       Elimination work;

(i)         Research work; and

(j)         Training.

 

1820. Following Fingerprint Bureaux exist in Indian Union:

                        Name of the State                               Headquarters

            1.             Andhra Pradesh                                    Hyderabad

            2.             Assan                                                   Shillong

            3.             Bihar                                                    Patna

            4.            Gujarat                                                 Ahmedabad

            5.            Kerala                                                  Thiruvananthapuram

            6.            Maharashtra Regional Bureau             Poona

                                                                                    Bombay City, Nagpur

            7.            Madhya Pradesh                                    Bhopal

            8.            Tamilnadu                                             Vellore

            9.            Karnataka                                             Bangalore

            10.            Orissa                                                   Cuttack

            11.            Rajasthan                                             Jaipur

            12.            Punjab                                                  Phillaur

            13.            Uttar Pradesh                                                Allahabad

            14.            West Bengal                                      Calcutta

 

1821. There is a Central Fingerprint Bureau for India at Calcutta.  The address is as follows

                        “The Director,

                        Central Fingerprint Bureau,

                        Intelligence Bureau (M.H.A.),

                        Government of India,

                        30, Gorachand Road,

                        CALCUTTA – 14.”

 

Address of the Karnataka State Bureau

 

            (B)  References to the Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore, should be addressed to:-

                        “The Superintendent of Police (Director) ,

                        Fingerprint Bureau,

                        KHB Complex, Cauvery Bhavan annexure,

                        Bangalore - 9”

 

Definitions

1822.    (a) ‘Bureau’ means a Fingerprint Bureau.

            (b) ‘Fingerprints’ are impressions of the papillary ridges on the fingers including thumb, either ‘rolled’ or ‘plain’

            (c)  Rolled Print:-  A rolled print is obtained by placing the thumb or the finger upon a tin, glass or metal slab over which a thin film of printer’s ink has been spread by means of the roller, the plane of the nail being at right angles to the plane of the slab, and then the thumb or the finger is turned over until the bulb surface which originally faced to the left now faces to the right, the plane of the nail again being at right angles to the slab.  By this means the whole ridge surface of the thumb or fingers between the boundaries of the nail is evenly inked and then pressing it lightly upon the paper in the same way as it was pressed upon inked slab, a clear rolled impression of the thumb or the finger is obtained.

            (d) Plain Print:-  A plain print is obtained by lightly pressing the inked bulb of thumb or finger upon the paper, without any turning movement.

            (e) ‘Unidentified’ means a person whose residence and antecedents are not known.

            (f) ‘Identified’ means a person whose residence and antecedents have been verified to be true by the police.

            (g) ‘Untraced’ means a person against whom no previous convictions could be established from the records of the Bureau.

            (h) ‘Traced’ means a person whose antecedents and previous history have been established from the records of the Fingerprint Bureau.

            (i) ‘Suspect’ means any person under arrest or liable to be arrested  for a criminal offence on suspicion of his being involved in a crime.

            (j) ‘Convicted’ means a person who has been found guilty for the first time by any court of law for any offence.

            (k) ‘Reconvicted’ means a person who, having been convicted on one or more previous occasions, is again convicted.

            (l) ‘Fingerprint Slips’ are of two kinds: (1) Fingerprint Record Slip            and (2) Fingerprint Search Slip.

(i)                 ‘Fingerprint Record Slip’ is the fingerprint slip of a person prepared in Form No.  214, immediately after he is convicted or reconvicted and sent for record to the Bureau along with Conviction Memorandum (Form No. 217).

(ii)                ‘Fingerprint Search Slip’ is the fingerprint slip of a suspect taken on Form No. 214, by the Station House Officer and sent for search to the Bureau at Bangalore with Form No. 215, in order to know his antecedents.

(m) ‘Proficient’ means an officer who has been declared by a Superintendent of

the district or by the Commissioner in Bangalore City, to be qualified to take clear and well rolled finger impressions and clear impressions of the palms and soles of feet, on passing a test to be held by the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.

            (n) ‘Searcher’ means an officer who has been declared by the ADGP (TS)  to be competent to examine and classify finger impressions.

            (o) ‘Expert’ means an officer, who has been trained in the Finger print Science and declared by the compitent authority as an expert  and an officer who passes the examination held by the All-India Board for Examination of Fingerprint Experts.

            (p) “Foot-Print Expert” means an officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector who has been declared by the ADGP (TS) ,  Bangalore, to be competent to take, examine and identify foot-print impressions and to give expert opinion on foot-print impressions.

            (q) Absconder’s Slip:-  This is a special form (Red slip) used in the Bureau.  This slip is attached to the original F.P. Slip of the convict who is reported to be an absconder, O.V. or wanted in any crime.

Training

1823. (i) Training in the State Bureau, Bangalore, will be both theoretical and practical.  It will cover the following:

            (ii) History of criminal identification;  taking of fingerprints of living and dead persons; definitions of ridges, creases, deltas, core, ridge characteristics, various types of fingerprints; patterns; ridge counting; ridge tracing; classification of 10 digits according to Henry System and other systems and various forms of extensions in use in India and other countries; classification, testing, indexing, recording and searching search slips; development of latent prints; comparison of latent prints; examination of scene of crime; taking of exhibits bearing fingerprints; law of probability; detection of forged prints; how to give opinion on fingerprints;  how to prepare exhibits for courts;  how to give evidence; Battley’s Single Digit System of classification, recording, searching, etc.

            (iii) A candidate will be eligible to appear for the All-India Board Examination for Fingerprint Experts, provided he has the prescribed educational qualifications and has had a minimum of 3 years service including training in the State Bureau.

 

Expert Opinion

1824. The Fingerprint Bureau will examine disputed documents received from the (i) Civil Courts, (ii) Criminal Courts, (iii) Superintendents of the districts, (iv) Lokayuktha,  (v) Central Bureau of investigation  (vi) All the departments of the Government of Karnataka, and furnish written expert opinion as per the orders issued from time to time by Government in this behalf.

The opinion should be furnished in Form No.234.

Registers

The Finger Print Bureau, Bangalore will maintain the following registers :

             (1) Register of fingerprint slips received for search (Form No.235).

(2)    Register of identification made by the Fingerprint Bureau (Form No.236).

(3)    Register of fingerprint slips received for record in the Fingerprint Bureau (Form No.237).

(4)    Fingerprint Testing Register (Form No.238).

(5)    Fingerprint Objection Memorandum Register (Form No.228).

(6)    Requisition Register (Form No.239).

 

Appliances – Their Upkeep

1825.    (a) The appliances required for taking fingerprints comprise of a glass or metal slab, India rubber roller and a pot or a tube of printer’s ink.  These must be kept scrupulously clean and free from dust, grit or hairs.  The slab should be cleaned every day before and after use.  The roller, when not in use, should be kept in a piece of clean oiled paper.  The slab and the roller should be cleaned periodically with soap, benzene or kerosene.  The pot or tube of ink should be kept tightly closed when not in use.

 

Use of Appliances

(b) The slab must be perfectly smooth and should be wiped free of dust before use.  A small quantity of ink should then be put on the slab with the point of a knife and then it should be evenly spread with the roller.  The roller should be used to bring down the ink into a finest possible film so that the slab is dimly visible through the ink.  If the slab is too heavily inked, the ink will get into the furrows when the finger is pressed against it.  The resultant print will be a smudge.  Experience has shown that it is easier to start with a little quantity of ink and then go on adding bit by bit until a film of required density is spread on the slab.  If, by chance, too much ink has been put on the slab, the quantity of ink can be reduced by putting a sheet of paper on the inked slab and gently rolling over it with the roller.  If the ink is dry and thick, it will be found that it can be spread smoothly on the slab with a little perseverance.

 

Person Authorised to take Fingerprints

1826.    Finger impressions will be taken only by proficients under the direction of an officer of the rank of Sub-Inspector or above as provided in the Identification of Prisoners’ Act (Act XXXIII of 1920).  The Sub-Inspector or the Inspector directing the proficient to take finger impressions should sign the fingerprint slip.

 

Proficients

1827.  In each Police Station including Railway Police Station there should at least be two Proficients.  The proficients should be of the rank of either a Head Constable or a senior Police Constable.

 

 

Training of the Proficients

1828.  Head Constables and Constables selected for the purpose should be trained at the District Crime Record Bureau of each district and at Record Section in the case of City Police Stations, in batches of 10 to 20.

(a)  The training will be for a period of 10 days as follows:-

Ist Day

(1)    The use of appliances for taking finger-prints and the reason why they should be kept scrupulously clean.

(2)    How to take rolled prints and plain prints with explanation of difference between them.

2nd Day

(1)    Explanation of ‘deltas’ and ‘cores’ in finger impressions.

(2)    Practice in taking finger impressions.

3rd Day

(1)    Explanation of all entries on a finger impression slip form.

(2)    Explanation of all the abbreviations to be used in the finger-print slip for record.

(3)    Explanation of the difference between fingerprint slips of convicted persons for record and fingerprint slips of reconvicted persons for record.

4th Day

(1)    Method of taking palm-prints.

(2)    Practice in taking palm-prints.

5th Day

(1)    Method of taking foot-prints.

(2)    Practice in taking foot-prints.

6th Day

(1)    Explanation of the single digit cards.

(2)    Method of taking impressions on single digit cards.

(3)    Practice in taking finger, palm and foot-prints.

7th Day

(1)    Revision of the whole course.

(2)    Practice in obtaining fingerprints.

8th Day

(1)    Revision of the instructions regarding entries to be made on fingerprints slips for search.  Practice in taking prints.

9th Day

(1)    Revision of the instructions regarding entries to be made on the fingerprint slips for record.  Practice in taking impressions.

10th Day

(7)    Test to be held by the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.

 (b) The training will be imparted by the Dy.S.P. in-charge of the District Crime Record Bureau or an Officer who has received training in Fingerprint Science at the Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.

© The training programme should be fixed in consultation with the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore, who will conduct a test on the last day of the training.

            (d) On the conclusion of training and test, the successful candidates will be declared as proficients by the Superintendent or the Commissioner, as the case may be.

 

Persons whose Fingerprints are to be taken for Record

1829.  The fingerprints of the following persons (juveniles excepting those sent to certified schools, adults, males, females or eunuchs) should ordinarily be taken for permanent record.

i)                    All persons convicted of offences under Chapters XII and XVII of the Indian Penal Code, which are punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or more.

ii)                  All persons convicted of any offence under Chapter VI of the Indian Penal Code, or of sabotage and subversive activities against the State.

iii)                 All persons convicted of offences under Sections 170 and 302 and 304 (murder for gain), 328, 338, 465 to 477-A and 489-D of the Indian Penal Code.

iv)                All persons convicted under the Arms, Opium or Excise act, who are suspected to be smugglers in arms, opium or dangerous drugs as defined in the Dangerous Drugs Act, 1930, or entailing punishment on reconviction.

v)                  All persons convicted of smuggling gold, currency and valuable articles under the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1947.

vi)                All persons ordered to execute bonds under sections 109 and 110 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.

vii)               All traffickers in women and children who are convicted under sections 363 to 373 of the Indian Penal Code.

viii)             All persons convicted under Section 5 of the Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act, 1950, for unlawful possession of telegraph wires.

ix)                All persons convicted for offences under Section 3 and 4 of the Railway Property  (Unlawful Possession) Act, 1965, for unlawful possession of Railway Property.”

x)                  All professional criminals and persons of dangerous character externed from any area under any State Act (Sections 54, 55 and 56 of the Karnataka Police Act, 1963).

xi)                All foreigners externed under the Foreigners Act, 1946.

xii)               All approvers in gang, decoity and criminal conspiracy cases.

xiii)             All persons suspected of being professional intinerant criminals and persons of notoriously criminal reputation who habitually absent themselves from their homes and are believed to travel to other States for the purpose of committing crime and who have been arrested by police and whose fingerprints have been taken, even if they are acquitted, provided that in the case of acquittal, permission for record of fingerprints is obtained under Section 7 of the Identification of Prisoners Act.

xiv)             All persons convicted for attempt or abetment (Section 511 or Section 169/114 of the Indian Penal Code) and criminal conspiracy (Section 120-B of the Indian Penal Code) for offences mentioned in this Order.

xv)              All Indian nationals convicted outside India of any offence for which fingerprints have been received at the State Bureau from those countries.

xvi)             All international criminals and absconders  whose fingerprints are sent to the State  Bureau from countries outside India.

xvii)           All persons convicted under the Explosive Substances Act, 1908.

xviii)          All persons convicted under the Official Secrets Act, 1923.

xix)             All persons convicted under Sections 126 and 128 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890.

xx)              Any other person whose fingerprints are ordered to be maintained by the Government of India from time to time subject to the provisions of Identification of Prisoners Act.

xxi)             All persons convicted under Sections 96, 108, 113 and 114 of the Karnataka  Police Act, 1963.

xxii)           Persons convicted under Section 76 Excise Act, 1961.

xxiii)          Foreigners when convicted for offences punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or upwards under the Indian Penal Code.

xxiv)         Persons notified under the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act, 1962, convicted of offences under Section 16 of the Act, and of any of the offences narrated in the schedule to the said Act.

xxv)           All persons, not specially provided for above, regarding whom it is considered desirable that there should be a permanent record.  These include –

(a)    persons of disreputable antecedents,

(b)    persons who take part in violent crimes, whether political or non-political, involving injury to body, life or property and

(c)    the following classes only of persons connected with political offences:

(i)                  persons who use aliases or otherwise, endeavour to conceal their identity to facilitate commission of political crime; and

(ii)                persons about whom, because of their hidden activities, it is desirable that there should be permanent record.

Note:-  The fingerprints of persons, who are locals and who have been convicted of offences of trivial nature, need not ordinarily be taken.

 

 Persons whose Fingerprints should not be Taken

1830.   Fingerprints of lepers should not be taken on any account.  Fingerprints of persons suffering from contagious and infectious diseases should not be taken until completely recovered.

 

 DUTIES OF THE DISTRICT POLICE AND SEARCH REFERENCES

1831.  (a) The fingerprints of all unidentified persons who are arrested as suspects or are under trial on a criminal charge, will be taken on Form No. 214 by the Station House Officer and submitted to the Bureau at Bangalore with a search slip (counterfoil and trifoil) for search in Form No. 215, after entering the details in the Fingerprint Register of Unidentified Persons (Form No. 216).   The search slip should contain full details of the circumstances under which the suspect has come into the hands of the police and also information regarding convictions with Bureau serial number, if known.  The Bureau will return the trifoil of the search slip duly filled in to the Station House Officer.

.           (b)  For this purpose, every person in custody whose residence and antecedents are not known or have not been fully ascertained during the police investigation, or of persons, who though known, have been out of view for some time, will be considered to be ‘unidentified’.

(c) Three sets of fingerprints [two sets only in the case of persons falling under items (xxi) to (xxv) of Order 1796], will be taken on the arrest of an accused person and the name and other particulars filled in, immediately after the prints have been  recorded.  Resistance to or refusal to allow the taking of fingerprints is an offence under Section 186 of the Indian Penal Code read with Section 6 of the Identification of Prisoners Act.  If a person, who is required to allow his finger-prints to be taken, resists or refuses to allow the taking of the same, it will be lawful, under Section 6 (1) of the Identification of Prisoners Act, to use all means necessary to secure the taking thereof.

 

Number of Copies of Slips Required for Record

 1832.  The number of fingerprint slips required for record is as follows:

(1)     Of ordinary convicts convicted in their home State, one copy will be taken for record in the Bureau of the State of conviction;

(2)     Of all convicts:

(a)  who are wanderers, unidentified or whose operations are known to extend beyond the limits of their home State; or

(b)  who, though themselves residents of the State of conviction are really foreigners and are thus likely to have relations with criminals of other States; or

(c)  who have been notified under the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act and are known or believed to be connected with organised gangs in other States; or

(d)  who have been convicted of theft of fire-arms and ammunition or under  Arms, Opium or Excise Acts in circumstances which render it likely that they are illicit inter-state dealers in arms and ammunition, opium, cocaine or other drugs; or

(e)  who have been convicted under Section 328 of the Indian Penal Code, if the offence was of a professional type or under Sections 231 to 253 of the Indian Penal Code, and Sections 489-A to 489-D and who are believed to be operating in another State.

(3)     Of a foreigner convicted of an offence of the type in which finger-prints would ordinarily be taken for record under the rules, the fingerprints and photographs should be taken in duplicate and sent by the Superintendent of the district in which the case was registered, one for record in the State Bureau and the other for transmission to the Central Fingerprint Bureau.

As many copies will be taken as are required for record in (i) the State Bureau, (ii) the Bureau of the State of which the convicts are alleged to be residents or to which their operations are known to have extended, and (iii) the Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta;

 

Submission of Fingerprint Slips for Search to Other Bureaux

1833 (a)  When an unidentified person is, or is reasonably suspected to have extended his operations to another State, reference should also be made by the Station House Officer with Copies of his fingerprint slips in the manner prescribed, direct to the Bureau of the State of which he is a native or of the States where his operations are believed to extend.

           

(b) When sending the fingerprint slips of an under-trail prisoner or suspect for search, the names of the Bureaux to which the copies of the fingerprint slips have been sent for search should be noted on each slip.

 

Fingerprint Slips for Search to Central F.P.B., Calcutta

(c) . ( i) If, in the case of unidentified persons belonging to other States, it is not possible to establish satisfactorily the antecedents and criminal histories of such persons from the replies of State Bureau, Bangalore, and Bureau of other States, then  the Station House Officer should send a fingerprint slip for a further search to Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta.

            (ii) The fingerprint slips of the unidentified dead bodies should be sent for search to the Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta. The word MALE or FEMALE, as the case may be, should invariably be recorded on the fingerprint search slips of the unidentified dead bodies.

(d)  In the case of all unidentified persons arrested in railway offences [Item Nos. (ii) to (xxi) of Order 1796] one set of fingerprint slip should invariably be sent to the Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta, in addition to those sent to the State Bureau, Bangalore, and the Bureaux of other States.

 

 Points to be Noted Preparing Fingerprint Slips

1834.   The following points should be specially noted in preparing fingerprint slips:-

(i)                 Inking the Fingers:-  Before inking the fingers they should be thoroughly washed with soap, if necessary, and rubbed clean and dry as the presence of slightest moisture on the fingers will cause blotches and blur the finger impressions.  Some persons perspire heavily and the presence of the sweat on the bulbs of the fingers may prevent the oily ink from adhering to the fingers resulting in the impressions being smudged.  Under such circumstances denatured spirit or alcohol can be used with much advantage for drying the fingers.  Only the inner portions of the upper phalanges of the fingers should be inked.  To take ‘Rolled’ impressions, the method described in the definition of the rolled impressions should be followed for inking the fingers.  For ‘Plain’ impressions the ridge surface of the fingers should be inked at the same spot on the slab without re-inking the slab.

(ii)                Taking of Impressions:- Prints should invariably be obtained on the prescribed fingerprint slip (Form No. 214).  In the slip, space has been provided for the rolled prints of the ten digits as well as for the plain prints of the four fingers of each hand and two thumbs.  The headings on the slip are self-explanatory.

(iii)              Slips to be folded for taking rolled prints:-  For convenience in taking ‘rolled’ prints, the slip should be folded at the line indicated and the fold placed in line with the edge of the table.

(iv)              Order of taking prints:-  The ‘rolled’ prints of the right hand should be taken first, each finger being inked and impressed before the next finger in rotation is inked.  When the rolled prints of the right hand fingers have been taken, the operator should take the ‘plain’ prints of the four fingers of that hand simultaneously in the space provided for them on the slip.  The operator should then proceed to take the ‘rolled’ and plain’ prints of the left hand fingers in a similar manner.  The plain impressions of the right and the left thumbs should be taken simultaneously in the spaces provided.

(v)               Impressions must invariably be taken with the tip of the finger pointing to the top of the form.

(vi)              The ‘rolled’ prints should show the complete contour of the bulbs of the fingers.  One delta in the case of the ‘loops’ and two in the case of ‘whorls’ and ‘composites’ should be visible.

(vii)            The ‘rolled’ print of each finger must be taken on the space allotted for that finger and the impression should not project beyond that space.  The impression of only upper phalanges of the finger should appear.

(viii)           If a finger is missing or is so deformed that it is impossible to obtained an impression, the fact should be noted in ink in the space allotted for that finger by the words ‘missing’ or ‘deformed’.

(ix)              In the case of double fingers, the printers of both fingers should, if possible, be taken; otherwise, the print on the more prominent of the two should invariably be taken.

(x)               Deformities, cuts, scars and disease marks interfering with the clearness of the impressions should be fully described and it should be stated if they are temporary or permanent.  If there are open cuts or scars in any of the top phalanges of the fingers of the subject, the prints of such fingers should not be taken until the cuts or scars have healed.

(xi)              Extra fingers:- If a person has more than five fingers on a hand, impressions of the thumb and the four fingers next to it should be taken in the squares allotted to them on the slip.  If the extra finger is outside the thumb, its impression should be taken in the space on the slip before the thumb, and if it is outside the little finger, in the space after the little finger.

(xii)            All entries should be written legibly in English and should be as concise as possible and convictions should be entered in chronological order.  While completing the form, unconcerned words on the printed form should be neatly scored out.

(xiii)           After the fingerprints of both hands have been taken, the officer, who should not be lower than the rank of a Sub-Inspector, who supervises the taking of the finger impressions, should enter such particulars as are available in the columns provided on the obverse and reverse and duly sign the form in token of verification.

(xiv)          The fingerprint slips of one subject should be completely filled in before that of another is commenced, to avoid the risk of the particulars of a subject being entered in the wrong slip.

(xv)            Fingerprint slips for despatch should be so folded that the creases do not run through the prints.

 

 Fingerprinting of Unidentified Dead Bodies

1835.  (i) The fingerprints of all unidentified dead bodies should be promptly taken and sent to the State Bureau, Bangalore, for comparison with the prints on record in the Bureau or elsewhere with a view to establish the identity of the dead bodies.

            (ii) It is a wise precaution to wear gloves when taking fingerprints from a dead body, though the danger of poisoning from the corpse is very small.

`           (iii) The technique to be employed in taking fingerprints of a dead body will greatly depend on the state of the body.

            (iv) If the body is fresh and its fingers flexible, finger-prints can be taken direct on Form No. 214, through the usual inking and rolling process.  Before taking the prints it would be advantageous to dip the fingers of the dead body for a short time in hot water.  Thereafter the fingers should be cleaned and all moisture removed.  For this purpose any good solvent like alcohol or benzine could be used.  After cleaning, the fingers should be thoroughly dried for the reason that body heat is absent in a dead body.

            (v) The hands could be dipped in hot water for a short time to make them flexible.  Where rigor mortis has appeared, usual inking and rolling process will not succeed and ink has to be directly applied to the fingers with a rubber roller and the print taken finger by finger on small pieces of paper by holding each piece in the palm of the hand pressing it against the finger.  If the prints are blurred, there is no objection to take more than one impression of a finger till a clear print is taken.  Each finger slip should thereafter be pasted in its appropriate place on Form No. 214.  A curved metal or wooden spoon could, if necessary, be used for taking the prints.

            (vi) If the fingers are clenched, they will have to be forcibly straightened either by bending the hands forward or backward at the wrist or forcibly stretching the fingers.  In extreme case tendons should be cut by a surgeon in order to straighten the fingers.

            (vii) When the skin of the fingers is shrunken or wrinkled, on account of submersion in water, the surface of the fingers can be rounded out and smoothened by injecting glycerin, melted paraffin, hot water or air into the tissues.

            (viii) If the prints obtained by the above methods are not found adequately clear and decipherable, the Medical Officer holding post-mortem should be asked to remove the skin from the fingers.  The skin of each finger should then be placed in a labelled bottle or tube containing formal dehyde solution or in a solution of glycerine and alcohol for preservation and transport to be the Bureau.  The label of each container should indicate the name of the finger.  A separate bottle or tube should be used for each finger.

            (ix) The fingerprints in Form No. 214 or the dissected skins of fingertips or both, should be sent to the Bureau promptly with a forwarding report furnishing details such as Police Station, Crime No., Section of Law, history of the case and date and time of (a) finding the dead body, (b) taking fingerprints and (c) post-mortem and dissection of finger skins.

 

Method of Proving Previous Convictions in Traced Cases

1836.   If, on the return of the search slip from the Bureau, it is found that previous convictions have been traced against the accused, steps should be taken to prove such previous convictions, when necessary, under Section 298, Criminal Procedure Code, which requires:-

            (a) that a certified copy of the previous convictions should be filed; and

            (b) that the identity of the accused should be proved.

 

Proof of Last Conviction will Generally Suffice

1837.    In the case of a person who has been previously convicted more than once, it will generally suffice to prove the last conviction only, provided that the former convictions were proved in that case and are mentioned in the judgement.

 

Method of Proving Identity of the Accused

1838 (a) . The identity of the accused should ordinarily be proved by the evidence of a Police Officer who is cognizant of the previous conviction, or by a Jail Officer who can recognise the accused as the prisoner who underwent the previous sentence of imprisonment, but if such witnesses to identity cannot be obtained, identity may be proved under Sections 45 and 73 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (Act I of 1872) as amended by Act V of 1899, by means of expert evidence, for which purpose the record slip must be obtained from the Bureau by which the accused was traced and the services of the expert requisitioned from the State Bureau, Bangalore.

 

(b) When it is required to prove the identity of the accused person by means of his fingerprints traced in a Bureau, other than the Home Bureau, the following procedure will be observed:

 

(c) The Prosecutor will move the court to issue under Section 91 Cr. P.C. a summons to the Director of the Fingerprint Bureau, in possession of the traced slip, to produce from the records and send by post under a registered cover the original fingerprint slip containing the fingerprints of the convict whom the prosecution alleges to be the accused, in order that the court may compare the fingerprints taken before it with the fingerprints on the slip on record in the Fingerprint Bureau.  A spare copy of the slip containing the fingerprints and previous convictions of the convict concerned taken in the presence of the Magistrate should invariably accompany such summons and will be retained in the Bureau in place of the original slip sent to the court until it is sent back by the court.

(d) If, on the production of this slip, the accused does not admit that the prints on it are his, the court should be asked to proceed under Section 45 of the Indian Evidence Act and take the opinion of an expert summoned for the purpose from the Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore.

 

(e) If the slip is traced by the Fingerprint Bureau, Bangalore, a demand on the summons for the production of the traced slip by the expert deputed to give evidence in the case will suffice and the issue of a separate summons under Section 91 Cr. P.C. can be dispensed with.

 

Procedure Regarding Fingerprint Slips to be Sent for Record by Station House Officers

 

1839     (a)  If the persons charged is convicted, all the particulars of the conviction should be filled in and if the convict has previous convictions, all particulars of his previous and present convictions in the chronological order with their Fingerprint Bureau serial numbers will be entered in the second and third sets of fingerprint slips and forwarded to the District Crime Record Bureau, together with a conviction memorandum and the trifoil of Form No. 215.

 

(b)  If the prisoner is acquitted or discharged, the Station House Officer will file the fingerprint slips taken by him along with the Station copy of the case diary, except in the case of persons mentioned in item (xiv) of the Order 1796, in whose case the fingerprint slips should be sent to the State Bureau for record after taking permission under Section 7 of the Identification of Prisoners Act.

 

(c) Following instructions are issued for completing the entries in the fingerprint slips sent for record:

(i)                 In the case of convicts who remain unidentified, of the two words ‘unidentified’ and ‘identified’ appearing on the top left hand corner of the side of the slip containing the entries of convictions, the word ‘identified’ should be scored out in red ink.  In the case of reconvicted persons whose fingerprints are known or believed to be already on record, the word ‘unidentified’ of the two words referred to above, should be scored out in red ink, in order that it may attract special attention in the Bureau and render it impossible for two different slips of the same person being kept on record.

(ii)                The name of the court should be indicated by the use of locally accepted abbreviations.

(iii)              Dates should be given in figures.  The name of months should not be used.  Thus Ist July, 1964 will be written as 01.07.1964.

(iv)              When entering the section of the law under which the convict was convicted, numerals should be used to denote the number of the section.  The following abbreviations should be used to denote the law:

I.P.C. – Indian Penal Code.

Cr. P.C. – Criminal Procedure Code.

H.O.Act –Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act, 1961.

(v)               If the conviction is in a case investigated by the Railway Police, the letter “Ry. P.” should be written below the section of conviction on the fingerprint slip.

(vi)              The following abbreviations should be used in describing the sentence:

Yr. – Year.

M. – Month.

Wk. – Week.

Dy. – Day.

R.I. – Rigorous Imprisonment.

S.I. – Simple Imprisonment.

S.C. – Solitary Confinement.

(vii)            The number of days, weeks, months and years, should be noted in numerals, e.g., “3 yrs. R.I.” Which means three years rigorous imprisonment.

(viii)           Should a person be fined, the amount of the fine only is to be entered in numerals, for example “3 Yrs. R.I.”  Rs. 500 or 6 M.’s R.I.”

(ix)              In the case of persons called upon to furnish security and to execute a bond, the letters S and B with the figures of the amount of the bond or bonds and security, as the case may be, should be entered with the period of imprisonment fixed for default to furnish, for instance “B.R. 40 and S. Rs. 100 for 6 M.’s or 6 M.’s R.I.”

(x)               Under column “Police Station, case No. and date”, first show the name of the Police Station in full followed by the crime No. (F.I.R. No…… -hyphen ‘year’.)

(xi)              In the case of the person convicted for offences registered in more than one Police Station, each Station House Officer concerned should submit a fingerprint slip for record separately.

(xii)            On receipt of the fingerprint slip in Form No. 214, of persons convicted/ reconvicted together with the conviction memorandum (in Form No. 217) and the trifoil of the search slip (Form No. 215) and the last part of the diary in Form No. 138 in the District Crime Record Bureau, they will be entered in the register (Form No. 218) and Sl. Nos. of the district will be noted on the conviction memorandum.  After noting the slip in the register, the District Crime Record Bureau will sort out the slips and make two lots as under:

(xiii)           The fingerprint slips of persons sentenced to fine or imprisonment for a period not exceeding one month and of persons released under Section 360 Cr. P.C. and of persons who have furnished security immediately after being bound over under Section 109 or 110 Cr. P.C.

(xiv)          If the Superintendent or subject to his general supervision, the Sub-Divisional Police Officer decides that it is unnecessary to send the fingerprints for record, the slip will be destroyed and the Station House Officer informed.  If he decides to the contrary, he will forward the fingerprint slip direct to the State Bureau at Bangalore for record along with the conviction memo after the expiry of the period of appeal or the appeal, if preferred, has been decided.  The conviction memorandum should be returned to the Station House Officer, on receipt form the Bureau. Such fingerprint slips and memos will be numbered and placed on the file but will not be submitted to the Fingerprint Tester.

(xv)            The fingerprint slips of persons not covered by the previous clauses.

(xvi)          In all other cases coming under clause (xv), the Superintendent will decide whether the fingerprint slips should be recorded in the Fingerprint Bureau or not, Such of those fingerprint slips as are not to be recorded will be destroyed and the Station House Officer informed.  Where it is decided to record, the same will be sent to the Superintendent of the district in which the jail, where the prisoner is imprisoned, is situated.

(xvii)         If the fingerprint slip is obviously unfit for record in the Bureau, the fingerprint Head Constable attached to the District Crime Record Bureau of the district in which the jail is situated will prepare a fresh slip and make it available to the Fingerprint Tester, who will proceed according to the instruction in Orders 1841  infra.

 

Transfer to Another Jail

1840.    If a convict is transferred from one District Jail to another before the arrival of the Tester, the Superintendent will forward the fingerprint slip and conviction memo to the Superintendent of the district to which the prisoner has been transferred where it will be placed with the other slips of the district awaiting tester.

 

Duties of the Tester

1841.      (a)On the arrival in a district of the Tester, the files containing the conviction memoranda and fingerprint slips will be handed over to him and he will proceed to test the slips at the jail and to complete all details which are required by the Bureau.  In making the test, the Tester will prepare for each prisoner a slip in Form No. 219 and will satisfy himself that the prints have been properly taken on the original fingerprint slips and that they are those of the convict named in the slip, that all the particulars recorded in  the slip are correct.  That all convictions are properly and correctly entered and that the  required number of copies have been taken.  Any mistakes should be brought to the notice of the Superintendent.  Fingerprint slips containing blurred or indistinct impressions should be rejected and should be replaced by fresh slips prepared by the Tester; but where the fingerprint slips prepared by the Station House Officers are sufficiently clear, those slips should be sent to the Bureau for record.

(b) After having tested the slips, the Tester will note the word ‘tested’ with his initials and date (1) against the prisoner’s name in the jail admission registers, (2) in the District Crime Record Bureau Fingerprint Register (Form No. 218), (3) on the back of the conviction memos, and (4) on the history tickets.

            (c) The Tester is responsible for the correctness of the conviction and all other details entered by him or the Station House Officer on the reverse of the slip.  He will sign each slip that he has tested and his signature will be held to show that he has verified the sentence, previous conviction and personal details of the convict from the judicial and jail records.

            (d) Whenever the Tester visits the jail, he will check the admission since his last visit and report all cases in which the fingerprint slips of convicted persons have not been sent for test.  He will prepare the slips of all such persons and give them to the Superintendent concerned with his report.

 

Disposal of Fingerprint Slips and Conviction Memoranda

1842.    (a) Fingerprint slips and conviction memoranda, after being tested, will be made over by the Tester to the Superintendent who will send the slips belonging to his district to the State Bureau, Bangalore, provided that the time of appeal is over or the appeal (if any) has been decided.  If no appeals is preferred, a remark to that effect will be made on each slip.  The acknowledgement form (Form No. 220) will be attached to each slip before transmission to the Fingerprint Bureau for record.

 

            Note:-  It will be the duty of the Station House Officer to intimate the Superintendent whether the person whose fingerprint slip is sent for record has or has not preferred an appeal and if an appeal is preferred, the result thereof.  A note to this effect should be made in the District Police Office below the conviction for which the fingerprint slip is sent for record.

 

(b)            In the case of fingerprint slips of other districts, the tested slips will be returned to the Superintendent of the district where the persons were convicted for transmission to the State Bureau, Bangalore, as per Sub Order (a).

(c) Every fingerprint slip sent for record in the Bureau will be accompanied by  its  relative conviction memorandum.  The Bureau will return the conviction memorandum duly signed by the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, with the Fingerprint Bureau serial number and classification noted in the columns provided for the purpose.  On receipt of the conviction memorandum from the Fingerprint Bureau, the Superintendent will send it for file to the Station House Officer who will enter the Bureau serial number and the classification in the concerned station records.  In subsequent references to the Bureau, this serial number will invariably be quoted.

 

 

 

 

 

Fingerprints of Adolescents Sent to a Special Institution

1843.    The fingerprints of an adolescent sent to a special institution should be sent for record to the Bureau of the State of which he is a resident and a copy kept in the Bureau of the State in which he is convicted.

 

Fingerprints of Persons Convicted in one State who are Believed to have had their Origin in Another State, for Record

 

1844.    The fingerprints of persons convicted in one State who are believed to have had their origin in another State, though not actually identified as residents thereof, will be taken in duplicate and sent to the State Bureau, Bangalore.  The State Bureau will retain one copy for its record and transmit the second  copy to the Bureau of the State of origin of the convict.

 

Escape to be Immediately Reported to the Bureau

1845.    When a prisoner escapes from police or jail custody and his fingerprints have been taken prior to his escape, the fingerprint slip, whether it would otherwise be forwarded to the Bureau or not under the rules, should be forwarded to the State Bureau, Bangalore, at once, with particulars of the circumstances of the escape, so that it may be placed on the record. When the slip has already been forwarded, it will be necessary to inform the Bureau of the escape in order that the slip may be suitably marked in accordance with Order 1835 infra.

 

Punctual Disposal of Search Slips

1846.    All slips received for search will be returned within 24 hours of receipt, if possible.

 

Work of the Bureau and Action on Fingerprint Slips Received for Record in the Bureau

 

1847.    Every slip received for record will be carefully scrutinised before acceptance with regard to the clarity and order of impressions, details of convictions, etc.  The accepted fingerprint slips should be classified by one officer and tested by another and then indexed and recorded.  The acknowledgements of the recorded fingerprint slips along with the fingerprint formula and the Bureau serial number should be sent to the District Crime Record Bureau.  The defective slips will be returned to the District Police Office with an objection slip (Form No. 221) for rectification of defects and resubmission.

 

 

Bureau Classification

1848     (a). All classification and arrangement of slips will be done in accordance with the Henry system and in the case of larger groups with extensions of Henry-Chatterjee System.

 

(b)Nominal Index Cards will be maintained for all convicts whose fingerprints are recorded in the Bureau.

 

Distribution of Slips by Bureau of State of Conviction

 

1849.    All copies of slips taken for record should be submitted to the State Bureau, Bangalore, and it will forward the copies intended for other Bureaux including the Central Fingerprint Bureau, Calcutta, noting on each copy the names of the other Bureaux in which the slip is on record.

 

Action on Absconders and Untraced Surveillees whose Fingerprints are on Record

 

1850     (a) If any person whose fingerprint slip has been sent for record is subsequently declared a proclaimed offender, or escapes from jail or police custody, or absconds after committing some offences, or being a history-sheeted person becoming out of view, the Station House Officer will send immediately, information to the Superintendent in Form No.222 for transmission to the State Bureau, Bangalore.

 

(b) On receipt of the report referred to in the preceding order, a red slip in Form No.223 will be attached to the slip so that immediate information may be given to the police by whom the absconder is wanted, in the event of the absconder’s fingerprints being subsequently traced.  In such cases, a copy of the red slip together with the absconder’s classification number will be sent by the Bureau receiving the report to the Bureaux in which the absconder’s fingerprints are on record.  If and when the fingerprint slips of such persons are traced, an intimation in Form No.224 should be sent to the Superintendent concerned.

Reports of Deaths

1851.    If a convict whose fingerprints have been taken dies in jail, the Superintendent, if the deceased was convicted in his district, will forward a death report in Form No.225 to the State Bureau, Bangalore.  Should such a convict die in jail after transfer, the Superintendent of the district in which the jail is situated will forward the death report to the Superintendent of the district in which the deceased was convicted, who will forward the same to the State Bureau, Bangalore.  Should a convict die after release from jail, the Station House Officer will forward the death report to the State Bureau, Bangalore, through the Superintendent. The State Bureau, Bangalore, will inform the other Bureaux where the deceased’s  slip is on record.

 

Removal of Slips on Receipt of Death Reports

1852.    The slips of persons reported to have died in jail will be removed from the record and destroyed at once.  In cases of death of persons reported by the Station House Officer, the date of the death report will be marked in red ink across the slip which will remain in the record for another two years when it will be removed and destroyed.

 

Periodical Elimination of Fingerprint Slips

1853     (a) All slips will be examined annually and in the absence of any special reasons to the contrary, those enumerated below will be withdrawn from the record.

 

(b) In the case of a person who is a professional prisoner, note-forger, coiner, arms smuggler, or a habitual offender notified under the Karnataka Habitual Offenders Act of 1961, on his attaining the age of 80 years or on his death whichever is earlier, or on his becoming physically unfit by reason of blindness, etc., to commit crime.

 

In the Case of any other Person

1854.    (a) If he has not more than two convictions in his native district (not having been convicted outside his native district) and has not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of ten years from the date of his release from jail ,  as the case may be; or

           

(b) If he has been convicted outside his active district or has more than two convictions in his native district and has not, subsequent to his conviction or last conviction, as the case may be, been suspected of crime or convicted, on the expiry of 15 years from the date of his release or last release from jail, as the case may be; or

 

(c)  On his attaining the age of 80 years; or  on his death which ever is earlier.

           

1855.    To prevent the possibility of the wrongful destruction of any fingerprint slip in the Bureau, slips withdrawn from record will be sent, if necessary, to the Superintendent concerned for information and destruction.  The Superintendent will pass them on to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer  concerned for necessary action.  If  the SDPO has any objection  to the destruction of any particular slip, he should return it to the bureau through the Superintendent  explaining full why he wants it to be retained.  

 

1856.    The destruction of slips of fingerprints which are on record in other Bureaux will be intimated to those Bureaux by the State Bureau, Bangalore.

Central Fingerprint Bureau – Fingerprint Slips to be sent for Record in the Central Bureau, through the State Bureau

 

1857     A Central Fingerprint Bureau has been established by the Government of India and is functioning at No.30, Gorachand Road, Calcutta.  Fingerprint slips of all persons convicted for offences mentioned in Order 1829 should be sent to the State Bureau and a duplicate fingerprint slip for each of these [except in the case of those mentioned in items (xxi) to (xxv) of Order 1796], should be sent for record in the Central  Bureau.  The fingerprint slips intended for record in the Central Bureau should be sent through the State Bureau and not direct.  When sending fingerprint slips for record, they should be sent in duplicate, one with the conviction memorandum for record in the State Bureau and the other, without the conviction memorandum for transmission to the Central Bureau at Calcutta.  In the case of persons for whom additional slips have to be recorded in other State Bureaux according to Order 1844, such additional fingerprint slips as are necessary will also be taken and sent.

 

1858     The procedure prescribed by the Government of India for sending fingerprint slips to the Central Bureau is detailed below.  The District Crime Record Bureau should scrutinise the clarity of prints and the correctness of entries before sending slips for record.  While sending fingerprint slips for record, despatch memoranda (Form No.226) should be used, filling the relevant entries in all the foils of the form.  In no case should fingerprint slips of more than ten persons be sent under a single despatch memorandum.

Instructions for the State Bureau and District Crime Record Bureau for Sending Fingerprint Slips to the Central Bureau

 

1859     (i) One set of fingerprint slips of all persons convicted of any offence mentioned in items (i) to (xx) of Order 1829, will be prepared by the District Crime Record Bureau, for record in the Central Bureau in addition to the number of sets required for the State Bureau.

            (ii) All the fingerprint slips of convicts for record at the Central Bureau will be sent under triplicate despatch memoranda in Form No.226 through the State Bureau.

            (iii) In cases where the State Bureau sends fingerprint slips for record to other Bureaux, the Director will issue triplicate despatch memorandum along with these fingerprint slips.

            (iv) The State Bureau will see that fingerprint slips of more than ten convicts are in no case sent under a single despatch memorandum.

            (v) The State Bureau will maintain a register in Form No.227 to keep an account of the despatch memoranda sent by the District Crime Record Bureau.

            (vi) The State Bureau, on receipt of fingerprint slips meant for record at the Central Bureau, will examine the clarity of finger impressions, scrutinise the order of the impressions and entries on the slips and return to the District Crime Record Bureau those fingerprint slips that are unfit for record or do not contain full particulars.

            (vii) The State Bureau, which is to issue despatch memoranda for sending fingerprint slips to the Central Bureau, will also maintain a register as stated in Sub-Order (v) above.

            (viii) The State Bureau will forward only such fingerprint slips that are fit for record and contain correct particulars to the Central Bureau.

            (ix) The State Bureau will keep an account of the fingerprint slips returned to the District Crime Record Bureau for rectification of defects (Form No.228).

            (x) The State Bureau will see that all fingerprint slips returned for rectification of defects are submitted to the Central Bureau under a fresh despatch memorandum.

            (xi) All intimations regarding absconders will be sent by the State Bureau under a despatch memorandum along with a fingerprint slip, if available, with particulars of the case in which they are wanted and the office to which the intimation of arrest is to be given (in Block Letters).

            (xii) In the case of intimation regarding absconders whose fingerprint slips are not available, the State Bureau will send a photostat copy (actual size) of the rolled impressions from the fingerprint record slip of the State under a despatch memorandum.

(xiii) The State Bureau will see that fingerprint slips of persons convicted for the first time and fingerprint slips of persons traced by the Central Bureau when convicted are sent under separate despatch memoranda.

            (xiv) In sending fingerprint slips of persons traced by the Central Bureau, the formula supplied by the Central Bureau on the search slip will be noted on the fingerprint record slip.

            (xv) The State Bureau, on receipt of duplicate despatch memoranda, with classification formula, from the Central Bureau, will file one copy in the Bureau and send the other to the District Crime Record Bureau.

            (xvi) The State Bureau will see that intimation regarding absconders is despatched to the Central Bureau within a week from the date of receipt of the information.

            (xvii) The State Bureau will see that all fingerprint slips meant for record at the Central Bureau are despatched within a week from the date of receipt of the slips.

(xviii)         State Bureau will see that one extra copy of each fingerprint slip of inter-state, inter-national auto thieves, hotel thieves, prisoners, forgers of currency, cheats and coiners is taken for single print record at the Central Bureau and sent to the Central Bureau with a short note on their modus operandi.

            (xix) The State Bureau will bring to the notice of the Central Bureau all new features regarding the science of identification from fingerprints observed by them and any forgery of fingerprints which they may come across.

            (xx) The State Bureau has the option to refer to the Central Bureau for scrutiny any case of difference of opinion arising between two State Bureaux.

            (xxi) The State Bureau may seek the help of the Central Bureau in solving all problems relating to the science of identification from papillary ridges.

            (xxii) All correspondence with the Central Bureau will be addressed to the Director, Central Fingerprint Bureau, No.30, Gorachand Road, Calcutta – 14.

 

Single digit Finger Print Collection

1860     (i) The object of single fingerprint collection is to provide means for the rapid identification of finger marks left at scenes of crime in cases where the culprit is unknown.

            (ii) Single fingerprint collection has been introduced in the State Fingerprint Bureau to cover dangerous burglars, robbers and dacoits.

Procedure for the Submission of Fingerprints for the Purpose of Record in the Single Fingerprint Collection

            (iii) Immediately after the arrest of a dangerous burglar, robber or dacoit, the Station House Officer should take in addition to the finger impressions in Form No.214, the finger impressions of the ten fingers of the accused on the single digit card in Form No.229 and send it to the Bureau along with two sets of palm and footprints of the accused, taken in Form Nos.230 and 231.  There special forms should be sent direct to the State Bureau after disposal of the case, whether it ends in conviction or not.

            (iv) The sets of palm and footprints should also contain independently, in the respective sets at the right bottom of the form, as shown in footprint Form No.231, and palm print Form No.230.

            (v) The finger impression forms and palm impression forms of the convict should contain the name, parentage, residence, etc., of the convict, and invariably the signature of the Station House Officer with the address.  Care should be taken to see that the prints are very distinct and show the whole contour of the bulb of the fingers.  The fingerprints, palm and foot impressions which are meant for record in the single fingerprint collection should invariably be sent to the Bureau by name cover and marked as “Meant for S.D. collection”.  Care should also be taken to see that the prints are not damaged in folding the paper containing the prints.

 

OBJECT OF SINGLE DIGIT FINGER PRINT SYSTEM

1861     (a) All convicted persons finger prints are classified and filed in accordance with ‘Henry system’ in which classification and filing are done taking into consideration each finger’s pattern and ridge counting/tracing.  Under this system though individual finger’s pattern and ridge tracing/ counting are independently taken into consideration but the classification formula is arrived at based on all 10 fingers prints collectively.

            (b) To retrieve or search finger prints recorded under this system it is absolutely necessary to have ten finger prints taken in specific order.

            (c) At the scenes of crime one can seldom find all the ten finger prints of the criminal.  Solitary or a few finger prints found at the scene of crime cannot be searched on the records filed as per Henry System, to establish the identify of the criminal if his finger prints are already on records.

            (d) To overcome this laquna the ‘Battley’s  System’ is devised under which each finger print of the particular digit (finger) is classified and filed separately based on individual pattern and characteristics found in each finger print.  A disciplinable finger print found at the scene of crime can be searched on the records filed under this system of single digit Finger Print Recording.

            (e) This system too has its own limitations and if finger print slips of all the convicted persons are recorded under this system it may not serve the required purpose.  Traditionally the finger prints of persons convicted for offences such as murder, dacoity, robbery, and house break & theft are recorded under this system.  If such convicts repeat their previous ‘Modus Operandi’  in committing crimes, their finger print found at the scene of crime can be made use for searching on the Single Digit Finger Print records and fixing the identify of the criminals.

 

ORGANISATION AND FUNCTIONS OF SINGLE DIGIT FINGER PRINT UNITS

1862.    (a) The units are created with the primary purpose of assisting the local police in identifying the criminals responsible for the crimes, through finger prints.

 

            (b) The Police Inspector or Sub-Inspector attached to the unit will visit the scene of crime if requisitioned by the local police under the jurisdiction of the respective unit.  He will develop the chance prints and attend to the work of elimination, comparison and searching of the chance prints.  At the time of examination of the scene of crime they may obtain the finger prints (palm and sole prints also if necessary) of the inmates concerned for speedy elimination process.

            (c) The unit should possess single digit records of all the criminals of murder, dacoity, robbery, House break and thefts, Temple thefts or any other offences which the officer in charge of the unit feels necessary to be recorded.

            (d) The officer incharge of the unit should build up auxiliary records of Finger Print Slips (Ten digit) of potential criminals.

            (e) Augmentation of the Single Digit Records and the Auxiliary Records should be given importance.  To achieve the goal the officer incharge of the unit may visit or depute sub-ordinate officers to, Police Stations or the District Crime Record Bureau under the jurisdiction of the respective unit to collect such Finger Print Slips.

            (f) If and when Finger Tips are received by the unit from the Police Station the officer incharge of the unit should prepare the fingerprint slips from them.  After searching on the Single Digit Records and if it remains untraced the same F.P. Slip should be forwarded to the Bureau for further search.

 

ORGANISATION OF THE UNITS:

1863.    The Bureau consists of ten units situated at different headquarters.  Name of each units headquarters and its sanctioned strength are as follows:-


1.       Bangalore city Unit:-

Head quarters, Bangalore city
Police Inspector            -             1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 4

Head Constable            -              2

Police Constable            - 3

2.       Gulbarga Unit, Headquarters Gulbarga.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 1

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

Full time sweeper            - 1

 

3.       Belgaum Unit, Headquarters Belgaum.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 1

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

4.       Mysore Unit, Headquarters Mysore.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 1

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

5.       Dharwad Unit, Headquarters Dharwad.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 1

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

6. Shimoga Unit, Headquarters Shimoga.
Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 1

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

 

7. Mangalore Unit, Headquarters, Mangalore.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - 1

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

8. Chitradurga Unit, Headquarters  Davangere.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - NIL

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

9. Bellary Unit, Headquarters Bellary.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - NIL

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2

 

10. Bijapur Unit, Headquarters Bijapur.

Police Inspector            - 1

Police Sub-Inspector            - NIL

Head Constable            - 1

Police Constable            - 2


JURISDICTION OF THE UNITS

 

1864.                As a step to cater to the needs of other district police the units are provided jurisdictions purely on the basis of administrative convenience and geographical nearness over the districts in addition to the district where the units are functioning as shown below.

 

1

Bangalore city Unit

Bangalore city only.

2

Gulbarga Unit

Gulbarga and Bidar

3

Belgaum Unit

Belgaum only.

4

Mysore Unit

Mysore and Mandya.

5

Dharwad Unit

Dharwad only.

6

Shimoga Unit

Shimoga, Chickmagalore and Hassan.

7

Mangalore Unit

Dakshina Kannada, Kodagu and Uttar Kannada.

8

Chitradurga Unit

Chitradurga and Tumkur.

9

Bellary Unit

Bellary and Raichur.

10

Bijapur Unit

Bijapur only.

            A new unit is established for administrative convenience with its headquarters in the Bureau with a staff of one PI and one PSI to cover Bangalore Rural District, Kolar and K.G.F. which functions on the lines of the other units.

 

            Railway Police may requisition the services of the unit which is located at the nearest place.

 

REGISTERS TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE UNITS:

1865.    These registers and forms are described in Police Manual Vol III and they include. 

1.       Finger Print Objection Memorandum in form No.221.

2.       Finger Print Objection Register in form No. 228.

3.       Single Digit Finger Print card in form No. 229.

4.       Palm Print form in No.230.

5.       Foot print form in 231.

6.       Certificate of latent finger print examination in form No.234 (ii)

7.       Register of Finger Print slips received for record in the Bureau in Form No. 237.

8.       Register of requisitions and materials received in Form No.239.

9.       Superior officers visiting book.

10.   Nominal Index Register.

 

PROCEDURE FOR SENDING RECORD SLIPS

1866.    (a) All the Finger Print Record Slips after conviction and after the expiry of appeal period or in the case of appeal not being preferred, immediately, should be sent to the respective District Crime Record Bureau alongwith the conviction memo in Form No.217 and Search slip in form No. 215.  All the enclosures should duly be filled in with the required particulars.

            (b) The District Crime Record Bureau will forward the record slips alongwith all its enclosures with the acknowledgement slip in Form No.220 to the  Single Digit Finger Print Unit under whose jurisdiction the district comes after making entries in the register in form No.218.

            (c) The officer incharge of the Unit should scrutinise such record slips received from the District Crime Record Bureau.  If the  record slips are defective for want of clear prints or incomplete particulars or if prints are not taken in proper order or in the prescribed form or if in sufficient numbers of records slips are sent, they  should be returned to the concerned DCRB with objection memorandum in form No.221.

            (d) Receipt and disposal of the record slips should be entered in the register in form No. 237 by the Unit.

            (e) The Unit after the completion of the scrutiny will retain one record slip in the unit and submit the other record slips with all enclosures received from the DCRB to the Bureau.  One of the such record slips submitted in each crime should be classified by the officer incharge of the unit.

            (f) The Bureau after assigning serial number and classification number will return the acknowledgement forms and the conviction memos filled in with Bureau Serial number and classification number to the unit from which they are received.

            (g) The unit should make entries of Bureau serial number and the classification of all record slips in the concerned register as well as on the respective record slip retained.  Then the conviction memo alongwith the acknowledgement form should be returned to the DCRB from where  they are received.

 

Monthly Statements

1867     (i) The Station House Officer of each Police Station should submit a statement in Form No.232 to the Superintendent of the district by 5th of each month.

            (ii) The District Crime Record Bureau should scrutinise the statements received from the Police Stations and send a consolidated statement in Form No.233 to the Director, Fingerprint Bureau, by 10th of each month.

            (iii) The Fingerprint Bureau should scrutinise the statement received from the districts.

            (iv) The IGP Technical Services will issue a monthly review of the activities of the State Fingerprint Bureau with copies to all Superintendents.

 

* * * *  *


CHAPTER XLIX

 

RAILWAY POLICE

Organisation

Status

1868.   The Railway Police is a branch of the general police  force and is subject to all Police Orders of general application.  The Deputy Inspector General, Railways, has the same position with regard to the Railway Police as the Range Police Officers has to the District Police. The work of DIG  (Railways) is suspervised by the Additional Director General (Law & Order)

 

General

1869.    The primary duty of the Railway Police is the preservation of law and order and prevention and detection of crime  in respect of the property and premises belonging to the Railway Department.

 

Officer to take Command of Police

1870.    When the Railway Police and the District Police are on duty together on a railway, as defined in Section 3 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890), the senior Police Officer present, whether belonging to the Railway Police or to the District Police, will take command of all the police present.  If, however, any doubt arises about the relative seniority of the Railway and the District Police Officer, then the Officer of the Railway Police having jurisdiction will take command.

 

Definition of Railway Limits and the Limits of a Station Yard

1871.             ‘Railway limits’ may be defined as the area owned or legally occupied by a Railway Administration for purposes of the rail-road and the carriage of goods and passengers, and covers  every place or building used for those purpose.  A road over or under a railway is not usually railway property and, unless it is so, the police duties arising on it are generally to be discharged by the District Police.

 

1872.    The expression ‘limits of a station yard’ means all traffic lines and premises included in railway limits within the distant signals.

 

1873.    Should any doubt arise as to the precise limits of a railway or station yard, the question should be settled by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways, the Superintendent of the district concerned and, in Bangalore, the  Commissioner, under the orders of the Director General of Police.

 

1874.    As a general working rule, it may be taken, unless in the  circumstances of any particular case there is something repugnant  to it, that in the districts, the Railway Police exercise  jurisdiction  over all lands and buildings defined in Section 3 (4) (a) of the Indian Railways Act, 1890, unless the latter are so grouped or situated outside the station yard as the  expression  is generally understood, as to make it advisable, for better supervision, to combine them with the land in the District Police jurisdiction.

 

Organisation of the Railway Police Station

1875. The Railway Police is divided into two sections:-

            (1)  The Travelling and Detective Staff.

            (2)  The Platform Staff.

 

Organisation of Railway Police District

1876.  (a)  The Railway Police  District, covering the limits referred to in  Order 1871, is in charge of a Superintendent designated as Superintendent of Police, Railways, with the assistance of one or more Assistant or Deputy Superintendents as may be sanctioned from time to time.   The district is divided into Inspector’s Circles which are subdivided  into station jurisdictions.  Railway outposts may also be constituted where necessary for the prevention and reporting of crime and will be in-charge of a Head Constable with a posse of Constables under him.

 

            (b) Inspectors of Police: Generally the Inspectors of Police are incharge of Circles and a few Inspectors are kept incharge of the Railway Police Stations also as SHO.  These Inspectors will do the duty enumerated for the SHOs.

 

Circle Inspectors

1877.  (i)  The duties of Circle Inspectors in the Railway Police are similar to those of Circle Inspectors in the District Police.  In particular, it is their duty to know and frequently visit and maintain satisfactory relations with the Railway Officials, especially the District Officers.   They must also take steps to secure co-operation with the District Police, local Magistrates and superior Police Officers connected with their circles and keeping in close touch with the District Police Inspectors.  They should attend the meetings of District Police Inspectors held by the SPs and Range Inspectors General.

 

            (ii)  The Railway Circle Inspectors should also hold periodical border meetings at least once a quarter with border Railway Circle  Inspectors both in the State and in the neighbouring States.

 

            (iii)  They will proceed forthwith to the scene of any serious crime or accident and take necessary steps.

 

Sub-Inspectors/Police Inspectors

1878.  (i)  Railway Police Station is in-charge of a Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector.  The position and duties of the Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector correspond to those of Sub-Inspectors/Police Inspector SHOs of the District Police.  He is responsible for the efficient working of  the Railway Police Station and is the Investigating  Officer.

 

            (ii)  He should acquire local knowledge not only of the employees of the railway, but also of the criminals residing in the vicinity of his Railway Police Station limits.

 

            (iii)  He should attend the railway platform at the time of the arrival or departure of mail trains or other important trains.   This should be done not only at his  headquarters but also at the places of his halt.

            (iv)   He should meet once a month Sub-Inspectors in-charge of local District Police Stations in whose jurisdiction railway line passes.

 

            (v)  He should, when required, also attend meetings held by the Circle Inspector/SDPO as the case may be of the District Police in whose jurisdiction the railway line  passes.

 

Assistant Sub-Inspectors

1879.  They are provided in important Railway Police Stations and will work  under the orders of the  Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector and supervise the work of Head Constables and Constables, as directed.

 

Platform Head Constable

1880.      The Platform Head Constable has control of the platform staff.  He should not leave the neighborhood of the Railway Station without orders.  His duty  should be arranged so as to enable him to have three nights off-duty in the week.  In his absence, another  Head Constable or a Constable should invariably be deputed to act.  He is responsible for telegraphing any important occurrences to the Sub-Inspector/Police Inspector during his absence, unless this is done by the Station Writer.  He should be present at the time of arrival and departure of all trains, as far as possible.

 

Wayside Railway Stations  -  In-Charge Constable

1881.     At Railway Stations where two or more constables are employed and to which no Head Constable is allotted, a senior constable should be appointed to be in-charge, who should perform the duties of platform  Head Constable.

 

Duties of Platform Staff

1882.  (1)  The Chief duties of the platform staff are :

            (i)  the maintenance of order at the Railway Station, and

            (ii)  watching of suspicious characters when trains with passengers are halting.

 

            (2)  Where a sufficient platform staff exists, the platform should be divided by the Circle Inspector into sectors which will be  numbered.  The staff will be posted to those sectors and their numbers entered against them in the Duty Roster  (Form no. 240).  They should move about within the limits of their posts.  A plan should be hung up in the Police Station showing the limits of each sector and on this will be specified which sector should be filled at the arrival of each train.  The hours of duty will be fixed by the Inspector with reference to train timings.

 

            (3)  At Railway Police Outposts,  a Duty Roster in Form No. 241 will be maintained.

 

Railway Stations with Two Constables

1883.     At Railway Stations where two constables are employed, one will stand near the gate and observe the passengers going out, while the other on the platform where the rear brake van will halt and after the arrival of the train, should move slowly up and down looking into carriages.  He should also have an eye to the off-side of the train, crossing the line behind the rear brake van and looking along the train, to prevent passengers from alighting that side.

 

Beats of the Travelling Staff

1884.      (1)  A travelling constable’s beat consists of the train by which he travels from his station over a prescribed length of line and the train by which he returns to his station.  The serial numbers of the trains which form a beat should be entered in the Duty Roster.

 

            (2)  Beat constables  should report themselves at the Railway Police Station and Outposts enroute and at the termination of their beats.  In all the Railway Police Stations and Outposts, there will be a point book and the beat constables should sign in this book after their  reporting at the station or outpost noting therein the train number, the date and also their numbers. 


            (3) Beat Constables on trains proceeding beyond the State to the other States will be relieved at the points indicated by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways, in consultation with his counter-parts of the neighbouring States.

 

ORGANISATION OF TRAIN BEATS AND STATION PATROLS

1885.    (1) There  are certain obvious handicaps  and difficulties in the detection of railway offences.  Offences committed in trains are, as a rule, discovered by victims many miles from the place of their occurrence and the investigator, too, has generally no means of ascertaining the exact scene.  Furthermore, Railway Police Officers, whose jurisdictions are confined to railway premises, have often to carry on investigations in places where their local knowledge is limited and their local influence negligible.  This explains why practically all offences detected in the Railway Police districts are those in which culprits are caught red-handed.

 

              (2)  It should, therefore, be plain that the only effective way of combating crime on railways is by preventive methods such as efficient beats and patrols, aimed, on the one hand, at deterring criminals from operating in trains and railway station premises and at enhancing, on the other, the probability of their being caught red-handed in the event of their committing crime.

 

            (3)  Train beats and station patrols should be organized with due regard to crime position in each Railway Police Station.  It is the responsibility of the Circle Inspector during his monthly visits to stations to see that beats are well organized.  The Superintendent  of Police, Railways, must  pay  particular attention to see  that train beats are organised in a systematic manner, served regularly and checked frequently.  In this connection, the following instructions are given for the benefit of officers.

 

            (4)  The bulk of the crime on railways consists of :-

            (a)   theft in running passenger trains ;

            (b)   theft on platforms, in passengers’ waiting rooms and stationary trains ;

            (c)    theft on running goods trains ;

            (d)    theft from goods sheds and stationary wagons ; and

             (e)    theft of railway materials.

 

            (5)  Thefts in running passenger trains are generally committed by persons who board the train at one station and escape at another, having committed one or more thefts in between.  Such offences are mostly committed at night.  If constables on platform and train beat duties are alert, it should not be difficult to prevent and detect such offences, particularly by old offenders known to the police.   It is the primary duty of the  constables on beat duty to keep a keen look-out for suspicious strangers and known registered criminals visiting railway stations and travelling by trains.  It is, of course, important that beat constables should be able to identify by sight all old offenders addicted to railway offences.  When they come across old offenders or suspicious strangers in trains or station premises, they should interrogate them as to the purpose of their journey or visits, as the case may be, and if they are not able to give satisfactory account of their movements or articles in their possession, they should be arrested under Section 41 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, and sent up for remand.  This will help to combat thefts not only in running trains but also on platform and in passengers waiting rooms and stationary trains.

 

            (6)  In order to prevent thefts on platforms, in passengers’ waiting rooms and stationary trains, there should be beats covering station premises for about half an hour before  the arrival and half an hour after the departure of every passenger train.  At stations where there are night or early morning trains, there should be patrols throughout the night, as passengers may come to the station in the early hours of the night and sleep there.  It is not, however, the intention that there should be a beat in every station.  Thefts in passenger sheds, stationary trains and on platforms generally occur only at certain important stations.  A study of the past crime will show which are the stations that require platform and passengers waiting room beats.  Platform beats should not be served throughout the day and night as a general rule, as this obviously involves avoidable waste of man-power.

 

            (7)  The only effective method of preventing thefts from running goods trains is by the provision of armed guards to goods trains at night in sectors where such offences are common.  But, the provision of armed guards on such trains is the responsibility of the Railway Protection Force, and the Railway Police will undertake this work only under exceptional circumstances.

 

            (8)  Thefts from goods sheds and stationary wagons can be prevented by efficient police patrols.  At important stations where there will be wagons stabled in large numbers, there should be such patrols throughout the day and night.  But, in other places, constables on platform duty should be able to look after goods sheds and stationary wagons also.

            (9)  Police should maintain a general vigilance in regard to railway materials.  But, if train, yard and platform beats are efficiently performed, thefts of railway materials can be automatically controlled.

 

Travelling Staff

1886.  (1)  Police constables should be detailed for travelling duty by rotation and kept on beat  duty for a month at a time.  The travelling staff should be kept up to strength even at the expense, if necessary, of the platform staff.  Transfers from and posting to the travelling staff will be made by the Superintendent of Police, Railways.

 

            (2)  Police constables of the travelling staff, as a rule are to be exempt from travelling every third day, when they will perform platform duty, if not otherwise detailed.

 

Duties of Beat Constables

1887.   (a)  Beat constables should always wear uniform.  At every station, they should meet the Station Master and ask whether he wishes to make any report or complaint and obtain his initials in the beat book.  When time admits, they will walk from end to end of the train making observations.  At important  specified stations where  there are point books, the beat constables should sign in the point books noting therein the train number, the date and also their metal numbers and police station.  They should also note in their beat books (Form No. 242) the page number and line number of the point book where they have signed.  On returning from the beat, they will return the beat books to the officer-in-charge of the station.

 

(b)   As an additional precaution, the railway train guard should be required to inform the travelling beat constables by writing in his beat book the train number, date and number of each carriage in which accommodation is reserved for women only, particularly when women passengers travel alone.  The beat constables should  obtain signature or initials  of the train guard for this entry.  The beat constable will be required to search the off-sides and the underneath of the compartments and to maintain a watch at each stopping place particularly at the time of the departure of the train to ensure that no one is travelling on foot boards or couplings.  Whether these duties would require an increase in strength will be determined by the circumstances then existing.  Both the train guard and the travelling beat  constable should be held responsible for carrying out this order.

 

Mufti Constables

(c)  In addition to beat constables, constables in mufti may be employed  to travel by train on detective duty, such as shadowing suspects.

 

Watch and Ward

1888.   The Railway Police are not responsible for watch and ward duties but they should patrol station yards and goods sheds when criminals are suspected to be operating, and there is reason to believe that unreported thefts are being committed.

 

PROCEDURE

 

TELEGRAPHIC REPORTS

1889.    (1)  All cognizable cases, serious losses of property, all offences falling under Section 126  of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890), and other important occurrences reported at the outside  railway stations should be communicated at once to the Station House  Officers of the concerned Railway Police Stations and also to the nearest District Police Station and to the Superintendent of Police, Railways, by the senior member of the platform staff or the beat constable.  The descriptive particulars of the property should also be communicated to all railway police stations on the line and connecting lines.

 

            (2)  When the  Station House Officer is absent from his headquarters, all reports of the above nature received in the station should be telegraphed to him.

 

            (3)  (a)  Station House  Officers should telegraph serious cases and occurrences to the Circle Inspector/ Sub-Divisional Police Officer and the Superintendent of Police, Railways.  Likewise, the Circle Inspector should communicate to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer and to the Superintendent of Police, Railways, of any information, which he considers should be reported.

 

            (b)  All grave crimes and offences under Sections 126, 127, 128 and 129 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890) and strikes or attempted strikes of railway employees should also be communicated to the District Magistrate concerned, followed by an express report..

 

            (c)  As regards offences under Section 128 of the Railways Act, they may be treated as minor acts and no report need be sent.  However, offences under Sections 127 and 128 of the Railways Act committed by any political party or in an organised manner with a motive to wreck the train and thus cause damage or hurt to a train or person should be reported to the Director  General and ADG (L&O) immediately by  wireless, followed by detailed reports, in addition to reports being sent to officers shown in (a) above.

 

            (5) For communication apart from telephones, telegrams also could be used.  Telegrams concerning Railway cases should be sent on railway service and other telegrams as State messages.  Where there is a Police Wireless Station report should be sent by wireless and not by telegrams.

 

Entering upon Investigation

1890.    The Railway Police are bound  to investigate all crimes and occurrences which the police are required by the Criminal Procedure  Code to investigate.

 

Personal Investigation by Superior Police Officer

1891.   (1)  The  superior  officer should at once proceed to the scene of occurrence and conduct the investigation on receiving  the report of any case coming under Section 126 of  the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act  IX of 1890), which involves danger to human life.

            (2)  He should also send a copy of the report of his investigation to the District Magistrate  concerned.

            (3)  Such cases must be very thoroughly investigated with the co-operation of the district police.

 

Telegraphic Complaints by Railway Officials

1892.     In the matter of complaints or information reported by railway officials by telegram, the telegram should be confirmed by a further report in writing.

 

Complaints by Railway Officials

1893.  On receipt of a report from a railway official which appears to  show that cognizable offence has been committed, the Station House Officer will at once send a First Information Report and proceed to make an investigation according to the Criminal Procedure Code.

 

 

Shortages and Lost Property

1894.    (1)  The police should not register information of shortages or of the loss  or missing of property as crimes, or proceed to make an investigation according to the Criminal  Procedure Code upon such information, unless there is reasonable suspicion that a cognizable offence has been committed in connection with the loss of the articles.  They should, however, register such information in the Station House Diary and take whatever steps  they can, to trace the missing articles.

 

            (2)  In order to ensure that proper steps have been taken to trace missing articles, a register in Form No. 243 will be maintained in Railway Police Stations, entries being made immediately on receipt of the information about the loss or shortage.  In column No. 9 of this register, a reference to the Station House Diary page number should be given.

            (a)  Separate entries, either in separate registers or in different parts of a common register,  will  be made for -

            (i)   shortage or loss of goods or parcels ;

            (ii)  shortage or loss of railway materials ;

            (iii)  loss of property of passengers.

 

            (b)  Entries under item 4 will clearly distinguish whether the shortage or loss occurred in a stationary wagon, a wagon in transit or from a transhipment shed or platform.  When making entries in the register, care should be taken to note in column 10 whether a report against any railway official was sent to the railway authorities and the action taken by them thereon.

 

            (c)  Station House Officer can himself dispose of any case of shortage or loss amounting  to a maximum of Rs. 25.  The orders of the Circle Inspector should be obtained where the value exceeds Rs. 25 but is  within Rs. 50.  In other cases, the orders of the superior Police Officer should be obtained.

 

            (d)  Particular attention will be paid by inspecting officers to the action taken and enquiries made by the Station House Officer in regard to such shortages and losses.

 

            (e)  The register will also include reports which the Station House Officer transfers to another jurisdiction.  He should state his reason for such action and this should be ratified  by his Circle Inspector.

Nuisances

1895.    All nuisances committed within the railway limits must be dealt with by the Railway Police.

 

Petty Thefts

1896.    (1)  Care must be exercised in the matter of refusing to investigate petty thefts on the ground of the small value of the articles stolen.  The theft of an important piece of mechanism, though of small intrinsic value, may amount to a grave offence under the Railways Act.

 

Custody of Prisoners

1897.   At Railway Police Stations where there  is no lock-up, prisoners who are not immediately sent for remand, should be sent to the nearest District or City Police Station for custody.  The hour  at which a prisoner is thus sent should be entered in the search register.  The guards for the Railway Police prisoners in District Police Station lock-up will be provided by the District Police.

 

Copy of Inquest Report to be sent to Railway Officials

1898.    In cases of death (whether by railway accident or otherwise),   within railway limits, in which an investigation is held under Section 174 of the Criminal Procedure Code, an extract of the investigation reports in Form Nos. 244, 245 and 246, will be forwarded to the District Engineer, in all cases, and the District Traffic Superintendent also, in cases occurring within the limits of a railway station.  In the event of the investigation having  been held by the District Police, a copy of the report will be obtained from them and forwarded to the railway officials concerned.

 

 Disposal of Bodies

1899.      The Railway Police should  take steps to hand over the body of any person who has been killed or has died within railway limits to the relatives or failing them, to any friend of the deceased, or, if for any reason, that is not possible, to the member of any society or institution willing to perform the last rites for such person ; and if none of these agencies undertake the task, the Railway Police should be responsible for the burial or cremation in a proper manner and in accordance with the nationality and religion of the deceased, the cost being defrayed by the Superintendent of Police, Railways, from his contingent charges.

Prosecution

1900.      Prosecution of railway cases will be conducted by the Assistant Public Prosecutors and Public Prosecutors of the districts except where a Prosecutor  is specifically appointed for the Railway Police.

Serving of Summons

1901.     Where witnesses in Railway Police cases reside outside the limits of the Railway Police Station, arrangements should be made to have the summons served through the concerned Police Station in whose limits the witnesses reside.

 

Station Crime History

1902.      To facilitate the study of crime and criminals of the Railway Police, the following parts of the Crime History will be maintained in all Railway Police Stations.  It is a confidential record-

 

Part II - Crime- Occurrence and classification Register.

Part IV- General Information

Part V -  General Conviction Register

Part VI- History Sheet.

Part VII-Station Crime Chart.

            The other parts of the crime history maintained in the district police stations need not be maintained in the Railway Police Stations.

 

Part II-Crime, Occurrence and Classification Register

 

1903.    (1)  In Part II (Form No. 91) should be entered chronologically all true crimes and attempts under the following classes, additional classes being included only with  the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General, Railways.

 

Thefts

            (A)  Thefts of Passenger’s Belongings

                       (i) in running trains ;

                       (ii) on platforms, in waiting halls or rooms and stationary trains ;

                             and

                       (iii) other thefts.

 

 

            (B) Thefts of Railway Property (including that consigned to Railways as bailees)

                        (i)  from running trains;

                                 (a) from goods trains ;

                                 (b) from parcel trains or brake vans of passenger trains ;

                         (ii)  from goods sheds ;

                       (iii)  from parcel offices and platforms ;

                       (iv)  from yards ;

                            (v)  other thefts.

 

               (1) Thefts of Railway Property

 

            (i)  from stores  and shops, including carriages, wagons and loco shops and workshops (where they are within the jurisdiction of the Railway Police).

            (ii)  fittings including electric fittings from carriages and wagons.

            (iii)  fittings from locomotives (engines), and thefts from locosheds.

            (iv)  coal thefts

            (v)  other thefts.

            (2)  Burglaries.

 

            (3)  Robberies

                        (a) of passengers’ belongings.

                        (b) of railway property including goods consigned to them.

            (4)  Dacoities

                        (a) of passengers’ belongings.

                        (b) of railway property including goods consigned to them.

            (5)  Cheating

                        (a)  of passengers.

                        (b)  of railways.

           (6)  Criminal Misappropriation and Criminal Breach of Trust

                       (a)  of railway property including property consigned to railway as bailees.

                       (b)  of passengers belongings.

            (7)  Possession of Stolen Property

                            (a)  Railway property including unlawful possession thereof punishable       

                              under the  Railway Stores (Unlawful Possession )  Act, 1955.

                            (b)  Goods consigned to railways.

                         (c)  Passengers belongings.

 

            (8)  Counterfeiting or Uttering of Currency (paper and metal)

 

            (9)  Murders including Culpable Homicide.

                      (a)  for gain

                      (b)  others.

 

            (10)  Administering of Stupefying Drugs.

            (11)  Assault on Public Servants.

            (12)  Sabotage which includes removal of fish-plates, using of explosives, etc.

            (13)  Mischief

            (14)  Miscellaneous

                        (a)  other offences against person

            (b)  other offences against property

GENERAL

 

            (1)  At the close of each year, the Circle Inspector should enter an analytical review of the station crime and formulate a programme for prevention and detection during the ensuing year.

            (2)  A Crime Register in Form No. 20 will be maintained in every Railway Police Station.  This also serves as  an index to the F.I.Rs. The name  of the railway on which the crime has occurred should be noted as an additional item in column 2 of the Crime Register (Form No. 20).

 

Part IV-General Information (Form No. 247)

 

1904.    (1)  The Station Crime History, Part IV, will contain general information.  It will be kept in loose sheet forms, with appropriate headings, as detailed below :

            (a)  Extent of station jurisdiction, quoting actual mileage and a list of railway stations in the jurisdiction giving actual mileage and code name of each station.

 

            (b)  Plan of the railway line in the station  jurisdiction showing railway stations and important  bridges with mileage’s in each case.

 

            (c)  Local Police Station and district in which  each railway station lies.

 

            (d)  A list of all bus routes in the jurisdiction of local police station in whose limits the railway line passes.

 

            (e)  Magistrates (both executive and judicial) within the jurisdiction, noting against each, his headquarters and his jurisdiction as far as the Railway Police are concerned.

 

            (f)  A list of receivers of stolen property living not only within the jurisdiction of Railway Police Station limits but also living within the local district limits in whose jurisdiction the railway line passes.

 

            (g)  A list of jatras and festivals, their probable date and duration,  and the strength required for each and any special precautions necessary.  the list should not only include jatras and festivals within the jurisdiction of Railway Police Station but also those of the local district limits in whose jurisdiction the railway line passes.

 

            (h)  A list of weekly markets, commodities sold, nearest railway station and the average number of passengers alighting there.  The list of weekly markets should not only include those within the limits of Railway Police Stations but also those within the local district police limits in whose jurisdiction the railway line passes.

 

            (I)  A note  on the Railway Protection Force Staff.

 

            (j)  Notes on important disputes which may cause interference with the running of the railway.    These should include all labour disputes and a special note on any friction or dispute among the subordinates of the railway.

            (k)  A list of ex-convicts containing the names of all railway criminals residing within five miles radius of the Railway Police Station jurisdiction will also be maintained by every Railway Police Station.

 

            (l)  A list of dismissed railway employees and members of political parties and criminal gangs likely to indulge in acts of sabotage.

 

            (2)  This register should in fact contain a summary of such information as will be useful to a new Sub-Inspector taking  over charge of the station.

 

           

(3)  Information pertaining to the districts and required for the maintenance of this record should be obtained from the Station House Officers of the local Police Stations of the districts in which the railway line passes.

 

            (4)  All entries  in this record should be edited, signed and dated by the Circle Inspector.  Only the station copy of the record is to be maintained.  The Circle Inspector will not maintain a copy with his circle records but will summarise all important points in his Circle Information Book.

 

Part V-General Conviction Register

1905.     Part V-General Conviction Register will be maintained in Form No. 248, and will be for the entire Railway Police Station.  The names of all the persons convicted for the offences detailed in Order 1903, should be entered.  The instructions given in Order 1043 for the maintenance of the General Conviction Register will also apply to Railway Police General Conviction Register.

 

Part VI-History Sheets

1906.    (1)  Part VI-will contain (in Form No.97) the history sheets of persons resident, whether permanently or temporarily in the station local area who are known or believed to be addicted to or to aid or abet, the commission of crime on the railway, whether convicted or not, or who are believed to be habitual receivers of property stolen in offences committed on the railway.

 

            (2) (a) (i)  The Railway Crime Record Bureau will maintain history sheets of selected criminals of special importance who operate over an extended area.  These persons will be known as railway criminals.  Superintendent of Police, Railways, will decide what  persons should be registered as railway criminals.

 

            (ii)  The instructions regarding reporting the activities and movements of district criminals apply  equally to railway criminals.  The  Station House Officer is responsible for reporting to the Railway Crime Record Bureau, particulars of arrest, conviction, release from jail, passing out of view, conduct, movements, etc., or any other information likely to be of use or general interest, in respect of every railway criminal for whom a history sheet is maintained in his station and in respect of any railway criminal about whom he may obtain information on the points specified.

 

            (b)  For a criminal, who has a history sheet in a Railway Police Station, a history sheet will also be maintained in the local police station in the jurisdiction of which he resides.  These sheets will be marked with a red ‘R’ and below it, the name of the Railway Police Station and history sheet No., e.g., R/Mysore-11 will be marked.  The Railway Police Station history sheet will be marked similarly with letter ‘L’, e.g., L/Mysore-15.  Local and Railway Police Station House  Officers will report to each other, information of arrest, conviction, etc., and all matters of interest in respect of such persons.

 

            (c)  History Sheets Numbering-History sheets will be numbered serially in each Railway Police Station and the following indices will be maintained.

            (i)   Index to history sheets-Serial order in Form No. 98.

            (ii)  Index to history sheets-Alphabetical order in Form  No.99.

 

            (d)  A check register of all persons having history sheets in the station will be maintained in Form No. 105 as per Order 1078.  These persons will be checked, whenever practicable by the Railway Police.  When this is not practicable, the local police  should be referred to for particulars of the activities of such persons.

 

            (3)  Instructions about opening, maintenance and closure of history sheets, as contained in Order 1055 will also apply to history sheets of the Railway Police.

 

Index

1907.     (1)  The following indices will be maintained :

            (i)  An alphabetical loose-leaf Crime Classification Index to Part II and Part V-General  Conviction Register as per list specified in Order 1050 in Form No. 249.

            (ii)  An alphabetical index of persons entered in Part V-General Conviction Register.

 

            (2)  A check register of persons entered in Part V-General Conviction Register should be maintained in Form No.250, village-war, villages being arranged alphabetically.

 

Maintenance of Particulars by the Railway Police Stations of History Sheets Opened in the District Police.

 

1908.   (1)  As soon as a history sheet is opened in a police station of a district, the descriptive particulars of such a person will be communicated in Form No. 251 to the nearest Station House Officer of the Railway Police Station.

 

            (2)  Any important information such as going out of view, death, change of residence of such history-sheeted person including closure of history  sheets should be promptly communicated to the Railway Police Station.

 

            (3)  A register in  Form No.252 will be opened in the Railway Police Station to watch the movements of such history-sheeted persons and communication of any information of interest to the concerned Station House Officer of the local District Police Station.

 

Part VII-Station Crime Charts

1909.       A crime chart will be maintained in every Railway Police Station in the same way as in District Police Stations.  The modus operandi classification of crime will be charted by figures and letters as shown in Order 1903.  For example, a case of theft of passenger’s belongings in a running train on  05.09.1964 will be shown as 1 (A) (I) /5/9 on the crime chart for 1964  at the place where it has occurred.

 

Co-operation with the District Police

1910.     (1)  There should be the closest co-operation between the District and Railway Police.

 

            (2)  The Railway Police should be in a position to afford the greatest assistance to the District Police in arresting offenders who are  trying to escape and in noting  the movements of criminals.

 

            (3)  In matters of placing obstructions on the line, tearing up rails, throwing stones at trains and the  like, the help of the District Police should be promptly sought.

 

            (4)  In the event of crime being committed in the limits of the District Police, but in the close neighbourhood of the railway, the Railway Police should take any legal action pending the arrival of the District Police.

 

 

            (5) (a) (i)  The Director General may require the District Police to take over the entire  responsibility for the investigation of a grave crime such as murder or dacoity, the circumstances of which are of a local nature quite unconnected with the railway even though the case occurred within the jurisdiction of the Railway Police.

 

            (ii)  In the event of a strike on the railway, the Railway Police investigating staff will deal with the ordinary offences of normal times while the staff of the District Police, which will be reinforced, will investigate all the offences arising  out of the strike  except those considered by the Director General  as sufficiently grave to be taken up by the Criminal Investigation Department.

 

            Such cases should be supervised by the superior officers of the District Police, but will be registered and the investigation recorded at the Railway Police Station having jurisdiction.

 

            (b)  Whenever a case is reported to the Railway Police for which other than railway criminals are suspected to be responsible, information about the occurrence will be sent at once by wireless or telegram or telephone to the District Police Station House Officer by the officer-in-charge of the Railway police Station.  If it is not possible to send a wireless or telegram or telephone message, a crime report will be sent expeditiously.

 

            (6)   Whenever a Circle Inspector of the District Police finds himself in the same place as the Superintendent of Police, Railways, he should visit that officer and similarly Inspectors of the Railway Police should frequently visit superior officers of the District Police.

 

            (7) When an offence committed within Railway Police Jurisdiction is reported to a District Police Station of the railway line, the latter should forthwith inform the Railway Police Station  to be  followed up by a First Information Report  transferring the case.  If the case is reported to a District Police Station on  the railway line, the First Information Report transferring the case to the Railway Police Station with jurisdiction should be sent forthwith.

 

            In either of the above cases, the Station House Officer to whom the case is first reported will at once take up the investigation and proceed until the jurisdiction Station House Officer arrives on the spot and  takes up further investigation.

 

CO-ORDINATION BETWEEN CIVIL POLICE, G.R.P. AND R.P.F. AS PER THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE RAILWAY REFORMS COMMITTEE ON GOVT. RAILWAY POLICE AND AS PER M.H.A. SECRET LETTER NO.24013/27/GPA VI DATED 21-1-87

 

1911. (8) (a) Officer incharge of G.R.P. Police Station shall invariably hold regular monthly meetings with the officer I/c of R.P.F. Posts in his jurisdiction to review crime situation and to exchange information for the better control, prevention and detection of crime and also for maintenance of law and order on railway trains and premises.

 

            (b) Similarly S.D.P.O./G.R.P. will hold co-ordination meetings with the concerned Asst. Commandant/R.P.F. once in 2 months and submit the minutes to the superior officers of the G.R.P. and R.P.F.

 

            (c) Superintendent of Railway Police shall hold co-ordination meetings with the District Superintendent of Police and the Commandant, R.P.F. once in every quarter of ensuring better co-ordination and co-operation between the G.R.P., Civil Police and the R.P.F.  Such meetings will also be a forum for exchange of information and intelligence pertaining to crime and other matters related to the maintenance of law and order on railways including conducting of joint checks and special drives against miscreants and anti-social elements affecting the smooth functioning of railways and security of passengers.  The difficulties experienced by their respective staff shall also be discussed and sorted out at those meetings.  Minutes of these co-ordinating meetings shall be sent to Deputy Inspector General, Railways  and Deputy Inspector General/Addl.Inspector General, RPF and Range Deputy Inspector General of Police/Range IGPs.

 

            (d) Deputy Inspector General, Railway Police will hold co-ordination meeting with the DIG/Addl.I.G., RPF at-least once in 6 months for better co-operation and co-ordination between G.R.P. and R.P.F.  They will review the law and order situation of the area and take steps to improve the position.  They will also review the proceedings/minutes of the co-ordination meetings of the S.R.P., District Superintendent of  Police and the Commandant R.P.F.

 

            (e) Where there is differences of opinion between the State police including Government Railway Police and R.P.F. the immediate superior officer of the Railway Police will convene a meeting with his counterpart of the RPF without loss of time and sort out the differences.

 

 

            (f) In case of breach of peace or law and order situation taking place on the railway premises and also where smooth movement of railway traffic is seriously affected, the officer incharge of the concerned G.R.P. posts, on receipt of such information from the railway authorities shall immediately take appropriate action to control the situation.  On such occasion the official I/c of R.P.F. post shall on requisition by the police officer concerned, render all possible assistance to the police.

 

Special Detective Parties

1912.       (a)   In the event of occurrence of serious crime on the Railways, Special Detective Parties of selected Police Officers, both from the Railway Police and local District Police, should be formed jointly by the Superintendent of Police, Railways, and the Superintendent or Superintendents of the concerned District Police.

 

(b)  When a cognizable crime outside his limits is reported to a Station House Officer of a Railway Police Station,  he should register and transfer it to the local police and also take up its investigation pending the arrival of the local  police.

 

Procedure in Cases of Thefts of Materials from Railway Track

1913     (1)  As soon as a theft takes place from the railway track or premises, immediate intimation will be sent by the railway authorities not only to the Railway Police Station having jurisdiction but also  to the local District Police.   This is necessary because very often such thefts occur at considerable distances from the Railway Police  Station and it is necessary that immediate local enquiries should be made in the area, pending the arrival of the Railway Police Sub-Inspector on the scene.

 

             (2) The Railway Police will register and investigate such cases and will be wholly responsible for all further action in the matter.

 

             (3)  The local District Police Station House Officer, on receipt of the intimation from the railway authorities, will enter it in his Station House Diary and will cause local enquiries to be made in his jurisdiction regarding the possible culprits and the disposal of the property.  He will also render the Railway  Police such assistance as may be necessary from time to time in the investigation of the case.

 

            (4)  Thefts of materials in railway station yards and goods yards will be reported to the Railway Police Station having jurisdiction.  The Railway Police can always call on the local police for such assistance as may be necessary, from time to time, in respect of these  cases.

 

           (5)  A complaint of theft or loss may be accepted for registration and investigation at the first Railway Police Station at which a theft on a running train or from railway premises is reported and then if the scene of offence is definitely located to be under the jurisdiction of some other Police Station, the case may be transferred promptly to that Police Station.  Otherwise, the Police Station at which the case is first registered should pursue the case to its end.

 

Steps to Minimize Thefts on the Railways         

1914.     (1) The bulk of the crime on railways consists of (a) thefts in running passenger trains, (b) thefts on platforms, in passenger sheds and stationary trains, (c) thefts on running goods trains, (d) thefts from goods sheds and stationary wagons, and (e) thefts of railway materials.  In all these classes of crime, the stolen property is in almost all the cases, disposed of outside the railway jurisdiction.  Frequent surprise checks of local criminals and receivers of stolen property and constant watch by the Railway Police over the movements of these people, especially in the vicinity of railway premises, will help to a great extent in minimizing these offences.  The local police who have a better knowledge of local criminals should give a helping hand to the Railway Police in this matter.  As regards thefts on platforms and goods sheds, constant patrolling of important places by the Railways Police staff will minimize these offences, as explained  in Order 1885.

 

            (2)  According to Order 1906, for a criminal who has a history sheet in the Railway Police Station, a history sheet should also be maintained in the local Police Station, in the jurisdiction of which he resides and he should be watched by the staff of the local Police Station.  Whenever the District Police find such a criminal absent from his house during their check, they should immediately intimate the fact of his absence to all the Railway Police Stations in whose limits he has operated in the past.  As required in Order 1910, closest co-operation should be maintained between the District Police and the railway police.  There should be  frequent exchange of information between the Railway Police and the District Police by means of correspondence as well as meetings of all ranks from Sub-Inspectors to the Superintendent.  Meetings between the Superintendent and the Superintendent of Police, Railways, should also be attended by the Station House Officers of the Railway Police Stations having jurisdiction over the district and the Station House Officers of the district through whose jurisdiction the railway line passes, besides the Inspectors and Sub-Divisional Officers of both the Railway Police and the District Police.  These meetings should be held once in six months and more often, if necessary.  At each of these meetings, they should discuss every offence reported subsequent to their previous meeting and discuss ways and means of improving the prevention and detection of crime, with particular reference to black spots.

 

            (3) In all cases in which the crime is suspected to be the work of habitual criminals, a crime  card should be sent to all neighboring Police Stations, the Circle Inspector, the Sub-Divisional Officer, if one exists and the Railway Crime Record Bureau.  If the offenders are from outside, prompt information should also be sent by wire or wireless to the neighboring Police Stations and Railway Police Sub-Inspectors.  Station House Officers who receive information whether by crime card or by wire should immediately institute necessary enquiries and promptly report the result by wire or memorandum.  Station House Officers will be responsible for the prompt circulation of lists of property lost and description of absconding offenders to stations where they are likely to be useful.

 

            (4) Offences on railway lines, such as thefts of sleepers,  fish plates, and dog  spikes, are not infrequent.  The Railway Police should not hesitate to seek the co-operation of the local police, who will have better knowledge of the local conditions, in detecting these offences, and regarding offenders and receivers of stolen property.  It is common knowledge that most of these materials are useful in preparing agricultural implements and the villagers will in all probability be taking away these materials  for preparing those implements.  Contact with local blacksmiths and close touch   with village officers and their servants and a good set of informants will help to a great extent in detecting these offences.  It is also quite  probable that some of the cases of this type might be the mischief committed by cattle boys or others, not knowing the seriousness of the offences.  In such  cases, the police should contact the local people, preferably the elders, explain to them the consequences of  such incidents on the railways, and warn the villagers not to meddle with the railway materials.  The local police should also take interest in such cases.  Railway Police Officers, especially Station House Officers and Inspectors, should interest themselves in the study of the local crime and criminals and keep personal contacts with the local police.  Mutual co-operation will be helpful to both.

 

            (5)  Thieves  on running trains operate in two ways.  They either get down with stolen property at a station enroute or drop the stolen property while the train is in motion get  down at the next station, walk back and collect the property.  In either case the thief may either dispose of the property in the nearest town or go by train or bus to another town where he has a receiver.  When a theft is reported from a train, immediate information, giving the details and description of the property lost and the description of the accused  if known should be sent to officers-in-charge of both Railway and District Police  Stations, so that, they may keep an immediate look out for the thief and the property at Railway Stations and bus stands.  To evade the vigilance of the police the thief often gets down on the off side of the train.  The  offside should , therefore, receive as much attention as the platform.

 

              (6) Persons stealing railway goods or possessing stolen railway property should be proceeded against under the provisions of the Railway Stores (Unlawful Possession)  Act, 1955, the provisions of which must be thoroughly understood and properly implemented  by all Investigating Officers.

 

Stopping of Trains at Non-stopping and Detachment of a Railway Carriage in a case of Serious Crime

 

1915.     In special and urgent cases, a superior police officer may, by written requisition to the concerned local Railway Official, cause a train to be stopped at a station at which it is not booked to stop either to effect an arrest or when the stoppage is otherwise necessary, to safeguard  the public peace and  ensure safety.

 

1916.   In the event of the occurrence of murder or other serious crime in a running train, immediate steps should be taken to prevent the disappearance of evidence in the shape of fingerprints, blood stains and other marks which might lead to the crime being brought home to the culprit.  For this purpose, the carriage or compartment concerned should be emptied of  passengers and sealed as soon as possible by the  first Police Officer receiving information of the occurrence.  The Police Officer should then arrange for the carriage to be detached at the first station at which arrangements could be made to replace it.  At the same time instructions should be issued for the carriage to be sent by the first available train to the Railway Police Station having jurisdiction to investigate the offence.

 

ACCIDENTS ON RAILWAYS

 

Notice of Accidents to the Police

1917.    (1)  Under Section 83 of the Indian Railways Act and the rules made by the Government of India under Section 84, the Station Master nearest to the place at which the accident has occurred, or where there is no Station Master, the railway servant in-charge of the section of the railway on which the accident has occurred, is bound to give information about the following accidents without unnecessary delay to the Station House Officer, in whose limits the accident occurred, and to the District Magistrate, the Superintendent of the district concerned and the Superintendent of Police, Railways :

 

(a)  any accident attended with loss of human life, or with grievous hurt as  defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious injury to property ;

(b)  any collision between trains of which one is a train carrying passengers;

(c)  any derailment of any train carrying passengers or of any part of such a train ;

(d)  any accident of a description usually attended with loss of human life or with such grievous hurt as aforesaid or with serious injury to property ;

(e)  any accident of any other description which the Central Government may notify in this behalf in the Official Gazette.

 

Accidents on Private Sidings

1918.   Section 83 of the Indian Railway Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890), and the rules framed under Section 84 of the said Act apply to accidents on private sidings.  Accidents occurring on such sidings should be reported similarly as accident occurring on main lines of railway.

 

Duties of Police in Connection with Accidents on the Railways

 

1919.    (a)  The duties of he police in connection with accidents on the railways are laid down in rules 28-33 made by the Government of India under Section 84 of the Indian Railway Act.

 

Railway Officials to Communicate to District and Railway Police

 

(b)  The railway authorities will communicate information of accidents both to the Railway Police and the District Police.  The nearest Police Officer should take any action that may be immediately necessary.

Mobilisation at Accident

 

(c)  On the occurrence of a serious accident, the Station House Officer of the Railway Police should mobilise the staff of his station and have them taken to the spot.  If the staff of one station are insufficient, the Inspector should mobilise other stations also.  The Railway Police  should guard the property and help the injured persons.  The District Police will also send police parties to the spot to assist the Railway Police in guarding the property and helping the injured.

 

Reports of Accidents, Injury and Death

 

(d)  All cases of accident, injury and death occurring on the railway should be mentioned in the Station House Diary and  also by the inspector in his diary.

 

Hints to Investigating Officers Investigating Suspected Cases of Sabotage

1920.    Following points should be borne in mind by Investigating Officers in investigating cases of suspected sabotage:-

 

           (1) Site of Accident and Time of Occurrence

(a)  It should be examined  whether the place of accident is a secluded area, at or near a gradient curve, bridge or  culvert.  Availability of covers for the saboteurs etc., to be examined.

(b)   Height of embankment at the sight to be measured.

(c)  Time of accident to be ascertained.

 

             (2) Open Fish-plates

(a)  Determine whether it happened before or after the accident and differentiate between bolts opened by hand and machine from those torn off as a result of accident.  Threads of bolts and nuts found at the scene will help in arriving at the correct conclusion.

 

(b)  Displaced rails.-(i)  Examine screw holes and threads to see whether they are torn or intact.

(ii) Examine whether rail seats are crushed.

 

(c)     Last rail intact at the point of suspected fractures:

 

(i)    Existence  of burr is highly significant against sabotage

(ii)   Rounding off supports sabotage strongly ;

(iii) Position  of wheels of derailed wagons is a matter of great importance and should be examined carefully as to whether the position of displaced rails could have been possible after the accident.

                  (iv)       Prepare carefully a map of the sight of accident.  If railway plan-

                              drawers are used he should carefully check each item shown on the

                              map.

                    (v)    Determination of speed at the time of accident

 

                  (a) In case of through trains, the time of passing of previous station and the

                       exact time of occurrence may give the possible and likely speed of the train

                       at accident.

 

                  (b) If  the train had stopped at the previous station, the time of departure, the distance

                       at which accident occurred and the time of accident, if known, may lead to

                       very approximate calculations of the  speed of the train.

 

   (vi) Braking distance, vacuum brakes, reaction time, visibility, weather

          condition and the depth of water by the side of embankment should be

          carefully noted as  it will affect decisions.

              (vii) The movements of suspicious characters and of  known saboteurs should 

                      be verified.

              (viii) If track  patrolling is in vogue in the area, ascertain at what time they  passed

                    at the spot of accident.

               (ix) Verify whether other trains passed shortly before the accident and if so, their

                     drivers and guards should  be questioned.  Station records of both stations          

                     between which accident occurred should be seen immediately to prevent

                     tampering of records.

                (x) Note whether the victim train was carrying any bullions, currency etc.

              

 

(xi)       Take the photographs of he sight of the accident from various angles and 

                           of various materials concerned.  Make use of scientific aids for tools           

                           marks,  fingerprints (latents), particles  of exploded material  if bomb is

                           used, etc.

 

Prosecution of Persons Responsible  for Accidents

1921.      (1)  Prosecution should not be launched in cases of accident on the railways, till the receipt of the report of the Government Inspector of Railways.

 

            (2) A copy of the findings of the Government Inspector of Railways, as per his final report, will be sent to the Superintendent of Police, Railways,  within seven days of its receipt by the General Manager.  The Superintendent of Police, Railways,  will consider the report and inform the General Manager within seven days, whether or not a prosecution is to be launched.

 

Responsibility for Preventing  Railway Accidents

1922.    While the responsibility for preventing  accidents at level crossings and elsewhere on the railway rests  with the railway servants, Railway Police Officers should, whenever any inquiry discloses the existence of a danger to the public, take steps to bring the fact prominently to the notice of the Station master or higher authority concerned.

 

MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS

 

Unclaimed Property

1923.   Unclaimed property should be made over to the Station Master for disposal.  If, however, the unclaimed property consists of arms, ammunition, explosives, intoxicating liquor, opium and its  preparations or hemp drugs, the sale of which by unlicensed persons is prohibited by law, it should not be made over to the Station Master for disposal, but it is the duty of the Railway Police to take suitable steps for its disposal.

 

Railway Servants as Witnesses

1924.     When railway subordinates are bound over by the police to appear as witnesses, the district officer of the department concerned should be informed and he will arrange for their relief.

 

Railway Police not to Purchase Tickets for Passengers

1925.    The Railway Police are strictly prohibited from having anything to do with the purchase or sale of tickets or to act as ticket nippers or collection of excess fares demanded from passengers, otherwise than  as provided by the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (IX of 1890).

 

Watching District Criminals and Foreigners

1926.    (1)  When persons, known or suspected to be criminals, are found travelling, they should be carefully watched and a telegram sent warning the District Police of the place to which they are travelling and the Railway Police Stations having jurisdiction over the place to which they are travelling.

 

             (2)  The Railway Police  Station  House Officer is responsible for sending a report of the arrival of a foreigner to the nearest District Police Station, independently of the report made by the travelling  constable watching a foreigner.  When a foreigner alights at a  railway station, where there is no constable of the District Police nor platform constable, the travelling constable should, in the  absence of any better means of communication, give the  information to the platform constable of the next station where a platform constable is located and instruct him to inform  the local police as expeditiously as possible.

 

Festivals

1927.   A list of festivals held near the railway line detailing the police arrangements to be made should be kept in every Railway Police Station.  The Railway Police should also depute constables  to attend  festivals and jatras held in the limits of District Police Stations  in the jurisdiction of which the railway line of the Railway Police Station passes.

Intimation to Railway Police about Miscreants of Large Number of Persons

1928.   Whenever big parties of persons travel and intend going to specific places, intimation should be sent by Station House Officer of the Railway Police Station to the Station House Officer of the District Police Station of the destination and also to the Station House Officer of the Railway Police Station, if there is one, to enable him to make such arrangements as are necessary.

Railway Strike

1929.     In the event of a railway  strike, the whole or part of the Railway Protection Scheme should be put into operation  by the Superintendent of Police, Railways, after obtaining the orders of  the Director  General  of   Police.

 

Drill and Instruction

1930.     (1)  Hours of drill and instruction, which should  necessarily depend upon train  timings should be specified by the Inspector and  hung up in each Police Station.

 

            (2) Platform constables at  out-stations  should be relieved for three days each month and called to the Railway Police Station for drill and instruction.

 

            (3) Constables employed on platform duty at out-stations should be changed periodically at the discretion of the Superintendent of Police, Railways.

 

Rules for the Use and Custody of Arms

1931.    (1)  The arms will  be kept in the station secured to an arms rack by means of a chain fastened with a lock, and will be in-charge of the PI/Sub-Inspector or other officer in-charge of the station in his absence.  Station sentries will keep the key and be responsible  for the arms in succession.  The ammunition will be kept in a locked ammunition box the key of which will be kept by the station sentry.  The  officer-in-charge of the station in his absence, will be responsible for its correctness and this officer will issue the requisite number of rounds whenever necessity arises.

 

             (2) Head Constables and Constables will be armed with fire arms  on such occasions as may be prescribed by the Superintendent of Police, Railways, but  the Station House Officer may direct fire arms  to be used in an emergency or for the following purpose :

                       (a) patrolling station yards, goods sheds, tranship sheds and

                            yards ;

                       (b) escorting running goods train ; and

                       (c) escorting prisoners.

 

Postings of Officers to Railway Police

1932.     (a)  The  Deputy Inspector-General, Railways, Bangalore, will annually obtain from the Commissioner, and all Superintendents of the districts through their Range Inspectors-General, a list of Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors suitable for transfer to the Railway Police.

 

            (b)  The Commissioner and the Range officers should note their remarks specifically against each name as to the suitability of the officers to work in the Railway Police or otherwise and ensure that proportionate number of officers are proposed through their range or units.

 

              (c) A Committee of the following will be constituted  for purposes of selection :

            (i)  The Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways- Chairman         

            (ii)  The Superintendent of Police, Railways- Member

 

              (d) The Committee will consider the list of officers recommended by the Commissioners, Range Inspectors General and Superintendents of Police of the District, select and draw up a panel of officers considered suitable to work in the Railway Police.  The Committee may also include the names of any other officers in the panel whom the Committee consider suitable.  The Committee may consult the confidential report of officers and if necessary hold an interview before the selection is made.

           

            (e) Copies of the panel should be sent to the Director General, Commissioner, Range Inspectors General and the Superintendents of the districts.

 

            (f) The panel should contain sufficient number of officers which should not be, in any case, less than the sanctioned strength of the Railway Police.

            (g) The postings of Officers from the districts to the railway police, will be made by the Director General.  However internal transfer of Police Sub Inspectors can be made by the Deputy Inspector General of Police, Railways, and of the other ranks below the rank of Police Sub Inspectors, by the Superintendent of Police, Railways.

            (h) Pro forma liens of Inspectors  and Sub Inspectors should be retained in the City Police, Range or  districts for purposes  of seniority, promotion, etc.

 

* * * * *
CHAPATER    L

 

POLICE WIRELESS

 

OBJECT

 

1933.    In Order to facilitate quick communication between various Police Officers of the State and also of other States through the Inter-State Police network, in the interest of the maintenance of Law and Order and the prevention and detection of crime and criminals, a system of communication known as the Police wireless, exists in the Karnataka State with headquarters at Bangalore. It can also be used by other government departments for passing on messages or  information relating to Law and Order and prevention and detection of crime and criminals.

           

           In times of emergency, when normal facilities of communication, such as post, telegraph or telephone fail, due to interruption like strike, storms, sabotage, etc., the police wireless can be used for sending messages.

 

CONTROL

1934.   The Police Wireless functions as a part of the Karnataka State Police Force. It is under the administrative control of the Additional Director General of Police, Tetlecommunication Transport and  Modernisation . who is assisted by a Deputy Inspector General and/or Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

 

ORGANISATIONAL SET UP

1935    The State is divided into 3 zones with Zonal headquarters at Belgaum, Mysore and Bangalore, each comprising of certain districts as detailed below:

 

NAME OF                 ZONAL                               NAME OF THE DISTRICTS

THE ZONE         HEADQUARTERS

 

NORTH ZONE        BELGAUM                    BELGAUM,BIJAPUR,BAGALKOT,

                                                                         DHARWAD,GADAG,HAVERI, HUBLI

                                                                         DHARWAD COMMISSIONERATE

                                                                        GULBARGA,BIDAR,RAICHUR,KOPPAL

 

SOUTH ZONE         MYSORE                     MYSORE  CITY, MANDYA,CHAMARAJ

                                                                        NAGAR,MADIKERI, HASSAN,CHICK-

                                                                       MAGALUR,MANGALORE, KARWAR,

                                                                       MYSORE DIST. UDUPI.

 

CENTRAL ZONE     BANGALORE           BANGALORE DISTRICT,TUMKUR,

                                                                       KOLAR,KGF,SHIMOGA,CHITRADURGA

                                                                       DAVANAGERE AND BELLARY

 

 

            The Karnataka State Police Wireless Unit is providing Communication coverage to the entire State consisting of 6 Range Hqrs., and 30 districts (including KGF Police district and 3 Commissionerates). The following types of communication media are existing in the Karnataka State Police Wireless Network.

 

1.       HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION

 

 HF Communication is a long distance communication existing between the State Capital and all the District Hqrs. The main mode of the Communication in this system is Radio Telephony and Morse. This system is being utilised as a standby communication arrangement.

 

2.      VERY HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM:

VHF Communication system is a line of sight Communication provided within the district. The District Hqrs. Is linked with all the Police Stations of the District. The VHF Mobile Communication is also extended to the Police Officers of and above the rank of Inspectors. As on date all the Police Stations as well as some of the important Police Outposts have been provided with VHF Communication. Cities like Bangalore, Hubli-Dharwad and Mysore and also major towns are provided with VHF Communication.

 

3.       LAND LINE COMMUNICATION 

 

State Police Wireless is also providing Land Line Communication, on Lines leased from the department of telecommunication which are working round the clock. Besides Land Line Tele printers, Hot Line speech circuits are also introduced.

 

 

(i) .   E.C.C.R. EXCHANGES

Hot Line speech Circuits have also been commissioned connecting the Police  Hqrs. with Range Hqrs., Commissionerates and District Headquarters.

 

(ii)   FAX COMMUNICATION

In addition to the Hot Line Speech Circuits, Fax Communication is also provided at the State Hqrs., Range Hqrs.  Commissionerates and District Hqrs.,

 

   (iii) POLICE TELEPHONE EXCHANGES (EPABX):

In order to have quick, reliable and independent Telephone system for the Police  Officers stationed in Bangalore City, a net work of five independent Telephone Exchanges have been  commissioned (during the year 1991)  namely (1) DGP Polex (2)  COP Polex, (3)  Shankarapuram Polex, (4)  Malleswaram Polex  and  (5)  Ulsoor Polex, Catering to about 1000 subscribers.

 

(iv)  PAGING SERVICES

A  Paging service is also introduced  in Bangalore City catering to the needs of important Police Officers in Bangalore City.

(v)  VHF RADIO TRUNK-LINE SYSTEM

The VHF Communication system is a Line of Sight Communication.  The VHF Trunk line communication is  established from DGP C/R (State Hqrs.,)  with the help of repeater stations having sufficient height like  (1)  Nandi Hills in Kolar District(2) Melukote in  Mandya District (3)  B.B.Hills in Chickmagalur Dist. (4)  Kappadagudda in Gadag District (5)  Donimalai in Bellary District and (6) Manikyagiri in Gulbarga  District.  The VHF Trunk line Communication is extended to all the Districts  except Karwar, Belgaum and Bijapur.  In the Second  Phase the remaining Districts will also be provided with Trunk line communication after sufficient VHF Survey/Trials.

 

(vi). MOBILE TELEPHONE SYSTEM

The  Cellular Mobile Telephone system in which  the Officers can contact over telephone  from Mobile to Land Line, Mobile to Mobile and land Line to Mobile  is also  introduced on a limited scale to  a  limited number of Senior Officers  in Bangalore City.

 

 

 

 

STATEMENT SHOWING DISTRICTS/CITIES AND THEIR VHF REPEAER STATIONS IN THE STATE

 

SL.NO.

    

    1

NAME OF THE DIST/CITY

         2

REPEATER STATION

                     

                   3

1.

BANGALORE CITY

T.V. TOWER

JAYANAGAR SHOPPING COMPLEX

PUBLIC UTILITY BUILDING

ARANYA BHAVAN

BWSSB BUILDING,  WEST OF CHORD ROAD.

2

BANGALORE  DIST.

NANDI HILLS

3

KOLAR DIST.

CHINTAMANI HILLS

4

K.G.F.

K.G.F.

 

 

5

TUMKUR

DEVARAYANADURGA

6

MYSORE CITY

CHAMUNDI HILLS

7

MYSORE DISTRICT

CHAMUNDI HILLS

8

MANDYA

MELKOTE

9

MADIKERI

KADAGADALU

10

HASSAN

KATTAYA (HEMAVTHI)

11

CHICKMAGALUR

B.B. HILLS

12

MANGALORE

MUCHHUR

13

KARWAR

YELLAPUR

GANESHGUDI

14.

SHIMOGA

HOMBUCHA

15

CHITRADURGA

JOGIMATTI

16

DAVANAGERE

DAVANGERE

17

BELLARY

DONIMALAI

18

BELGAUM

HARGAPURA

19

BIJAPUR

BILIGI

20

GADAG

KAPPATHAGUDDA

21

GULBARGA

MANIKYAGIRI

22

BIDAR

ALAHALLI

23

RAICHUR

MASKI

24

KOPPAL

KOPPAL

25

BAGALKOT

BAGALKOT

26

CHAMRAJNAGAR

BILIGIRI RANGANA BETTA

27

DHARWAD

KAPPATHAGUDDA

28

HAVERI

KAPPATHAGUDDA

29

UDUPI

MUCHHUR

30

HUBLI-CCR

N.BETTA

 

In each  of the big cities/towns a separate Control Room has been established to have effective supervision on the control of Crime and  Law & Order Problems.   Some of the Town Controls/City Controls existing in the State are as under:

SL.NO.

CITY CONTROLS

TOWN CONTROLS

1.

BANGALORE

1.  CHITRADURGA

2.

GULBARGA

2.  CHANNAPATNA

3.

HUBLI-DHARWAD

3.  RAICHUR

4.

BELGAUM

4.  BIJAPUR

5.

SHIMOGA

5.  BELLARY

6.

DAVANAGERE

6.  KARWAR

7.

MANGALORE

7.  CHICKMAGALUR

8.

K.G.F.

8.  KOLAR

9.

TUMKUR

9.  HASSAN

10.

MANDYA

10. MADIKERI

11.

MYSORE

11. CHAMRAJANAGAR

12. KOPPAL

13. UDUPI

14.     GADAG

15.     HAVERI

 

 

 

 

Monitoring Station

1936    (i)  In the interest of proper functioning of the Wireless Stations in the districts and to  detect effectively and check the transmission of unauthorised and non-official messages over the Wireless, two monitoring stations are located at Bangalore, the headquarters of the Karnataka State Police Wireless.  The monitoring stations will monitor the messages passing through the Wireless channels at odd hours and bring to the notice of the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, the irregularities detected, such as absence of the duty operator from the Wireless sets in the district stations, indulgence of the operators in key conversation, transmission of the unauthorised and non-official messages and non-observance of the prescribed procedures for the channel working.

 

      (ii) The receipt and transmission over the Police Wireless of messages of private nature will make the sender as well as the Wireless operator concerned liable for departmental action.  All questions of leave, leave salary, pay and allowances are of a private nature.  All non-police messages should be scrutinised by the officer authorised to send, before they are accepted for transmission over the Police Wireless.  Any officer, who sends wireless messages not so scrutinised, whether on his own account or on account of any other officer, will be liable to pay double the cost of the express telegram charged by the Post & Telegraphs department for such messages and will in addition, be liable to departmental action.

     

      (iii) Wherever a receiving and transmitting station exists, a Police Officer must, subject to the restriction in sub-order (ii) above, use the Wireless for sending any communication which, in the absence of such a facility, would have been sent by telegram.  In the event of a breach of this rule, by sending a telegram, the cost of the telegram will be recovered from the officer concerned.  If a communication relates to Law and order, it may be transmitted through the Police Wireless, even if the sender is a Government servant other than a Police Officer.

 

Personnel

1937.  The Police Wireless will consist of following categories of Officers:-

1   Superior Officers-

(i)                  Dy. Inspector General of Police, Wireless

(ii)                Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

(iii)               Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

 

 

 2. Subordinate Officers

(i)        Police Inspector (Wireless)

(ii)                Sub-Inspector of Police (Wireless)

(iii)              Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Radio Mechanic)

(iv)            Asst. Sub Inspector of Police (Electrician)

(v)            Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Wireless)

(vi)            Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Crypto)

(vii)            Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Machinist)

(viii)            Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police (Draughts man)

(ix)            Head Constable (Wireless)

(x)            Police Constable (Wireless)

 

3. Others

(i)             Head Constable (Driver/General Duty)

(ii)             P.C. Driver including Despatch Rider

(iii)             Cleaners and orderlies.

 

Scale of Staff

1938. The scale of staff for the various Wireless Stations are as follows:-

DISTRICT CONTROLS

Police Inspector Wireless                                   - 1

Sub-Inspector of Police, Wireless                       - 4

Asst. Sub-Inspector of Police, Wireless            - 8

Head Constable (Wireless)                                 - 18

Police Constable (Wireless)                                 - 6

 

Certificate of Appointment

 

1939. The Superintendent of Police, Wireless, will arrange to issue certificates of appointments to the non-gazetted  personnel of Wireless.  He will exercise the powers of a Superintendent of the district in this regard.

 

 

 

Training

1940. A training school is situated in the premises of the police wireless in Bangalore for imparting preliminary training for wireless recruits and for conducting refresher courses for other ranks.

Control over the Personnel of the Police Wireless

1941. The Superintendent of Police, Wireless has the over-all control of the personnel of the Wireless throughout the State.

 

Duties of the Superintendent of Districts

1942. The Superintendent of the district will –

(a)    draw pay and allowances and T.A. of the district Wireless personnel and grant increments.

(b)    pay the electricity bills and provide contingent grant to the Wireless stations for meeting the expenditure towards the purchase of distilled water, etc.,

(c)    supply petrol and oil to the Wireless stations;

(d)    issue LPC and transmit service records of the Wireless personnel transferred from the districts.

(e)    sanction Casual leave to the Wireless personnel.

(f)     supply stationery articles required for Wireless stations.

(g)    supply furniture required for wireless stations in consultation with the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

(h)    provide suitable accommodation for the location of the Wireless Station in consultation with the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

(i)      Provide Police transport for mobile Wireless stations.

(j)      Supervise the proper functioning of the Wireless stations and the work of the Wireless personnel and report to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, cases of irregularities for taking necessary action.

 

Punishments of and Appeals from Subordinate Officers:

1943. The personnel of the Wireless are governed by the Karnataka State Police (Disciplinary Proceedings) Rules, 1965, and instructions contained in Chapter X.  The Superintendents of the districts may award minor punishments and major punishments may be awarded by the Superintendent of Police, Wireless after following the prescribed procedure.

 

 

Leave

1944.  All kinds of leave to the personnel of the Police Wireless will be sanctioned by the Superintendent of Police, Wireless and other superior officers in the administrative charge of the wireless.  Superintendent of a district may, however, sanction casual leave and earned leave to the Wireless staff under his administrative control.  Where the period of earned leave exceeds two months, he should invariably consult the Superintendent of Police, Wireless to enable the latter to post substitutes.

 

Transfers

1945.    All Officers of subordinate rank of the Police Wireless are liable for transfer to any place throughout the State.

 

            (ii) If the Superintendent of the district observes any marked incompetence for his particular duties in any police officer of the wireless working in the district, he may require the superintendent of Police, Wireless, to substitute another officer and the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, shall be bound to comply with the requisition.

 

Powers and Duties                        

 

Deputy Inspector General of Police Wireless

1946. (i) The Deputy Inspector General of Police Wireless is in over all charge of the Police Wireless throughout the state.

            (ii) He will exercise the financial powers as delegated by the Government from time to time.

            (iii) He is responsible for the internal administration and technical management of the police Wireless throughout the State.

            (iv) He will discharge the same duties, functions and responsibilities in regard to the internal administration of his unit as a Range Inspector General of Police does in respect of the ranges.

(v) He is responsible for the efficient maintenance of Wireless communication throughout the State and the Maintenance and operation of all Wireless sets and the equipment in the Police Wireless throughout the State.

            (vi) He will inspect the Superintendent of Police, Wireless office, District Control Room, City Control Room and other units under his charge.

            (vii) He will work in close liaison with the Director, Directorate of Coordination, Police Wireless, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, New Delhi and the Police Wireless Organisations of other States.

            (viii) He will act in liaison with the Wireless Services of the Defence Services, Department of Telecommunications and Railways.  He will also co-ordinate and co-operate with these agencies during the times of emergency.

            (ix) He will represent the State Police Wireless in the Annual All  India Police Radio Officers’ Conference and others sponsored by the D.C.P.W.

            (x) He will maintain proper liaison with all the Superintendents of districts, Inspectors general  and Commissioners.

           

1947    Superintendent of Police, Wireless

(i)                  The Superintendent of Police, Wireless is under the direct supervision of Deputy Inspector General of Police Wireless.

(ii)                He is responsible for the internal administration and technical management of the Police Wireless throughout the State.

(iii)               He will exercise the financial powers as delegated by the Government from time to time.

(iv)              He will discharge the same duties, functions and responsibilities in regard to the internal administration of his unit as a Superintendent does in respect of the District Police force.

(v)                He is responsible for the efficient maintenance of wireless communication throughout the State and the maintenance and operation of all wireless sets and the equipments in the police wireless throughout the State. 

(vi)              He will inspect District control rooms, City control rooms and other units under his charge.

(vii)             He will work in close liaison with the Director, Directorate of Coordination, Police Wireless, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India, New Delhi, and the Police Wireless Organisations of other States.

(viii)           He will act in liaison with the Wireless Services of the Defence Services, Department of Telecommunications and Railways.  He will also co-ordinate and co-operate with these agencies during the times of emergency.

(ix)              He will represent the State Police Wireless in the Annual All-India Police Radio Officers’ conference and others sponsored by the DCPW in concurrence with Deputy Inspector General of Police, Wireless.

(x)                He will maintain proper liaison with all the Superintendents of districts, Inspectors General and Commissioners.

 

 

1948.   Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Headquarters

He will be directly in-charge of the following branches of the Police Wireless:

(a)     Technical Stores

(b)     Central Work Shop

(c)    Motor Transport Section

(d)    Check Office

He will be responsible for the efficient functioning of these branches.  Besides he will -

(i)                 put up all defective and unserviceable equipment to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, and take orders for their condemnation or for repairs, as the case may be;

(ii)                supervise the work of the staff of the M.T.Section and ensure the proper maintenance and use of all the Motor Vehicles;

(iii)              exercise financial and administrative powers as delegated to him from time to time; and

(iv)              attend to such other duties as may be assigned by the Superintendent of Police, Wireless from time to time.

 

1949     Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Communications

            He will be directly in-charge of the following branches of the Police Wireless:-

(A)  Signal Office

(B)   D.G.P. Control

(C)   Monitoring Station

(D)  ECCR

(E)   Technical Library

(F)    Training School

(G)   Police Exchanges

and will be responsible for the efficient functioning of these branches. Besides, he will -

(i)                 supervise the installation of the Wireless Stations and inspect them to ensure their proper functioning;

(ii)                during the inspections of the Wireless Stations conduct physical verification of all the Stores and Wireless equipment supplied to them and furnish a certificate to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless to that effect;

(iii)              be responsible for the general supervision over the work of the Police Wireless Staff under his control/supervision.

(iv)              attend to such other duties as assigned by Superintendent of Police Wireless from time to time.

 

1950    Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless, Crypto

(i)                 He will be in-charge of Crypto Centre and he will assist SP(W) in Technical/Administrative matters.

(ii)                He will be responsible for maintaining  proper records of all Crypto documents and he will check the documents periodically and certify to that effect.

(iii)              He will ensure proper discipline of the staff working under him.

(iv)              He will periodically visit all the Crypto Centres in the State and check all the Crypto documents and certify their  proper maintenance.

(v)               He will ensure that all the messages pertaining to the movements of VVIPs and traffic and other confidential messages are  properly Cipher coded and sent and decoded at the receiving Centre.

(vi)              He will also take up the works entrusted to him by SP(W)/DIGP(W )from time to time.

 

1951. Zonal Supervisor (of the Rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless)

            He will

(i)                 supervise all the staff working under him in his jurisdiction in regard to their work;

(ii)                be responsible for  the installation, operation and maintenance of all the Wireless e quipments;

(iii)              inspect all the District Controls, Town Controls and City Controls in his jurisdiction and verify personally all the equipments held by them once a year and furnish a certificate to their correctness to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

(iv)              check the entries in the Technical and Traffic Books maintained at the Stations;

(v)               report  to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless, all cases of irregularities in the working of the Stations or of delay in transmission of Message in his zone after due investigation;

(vi)              during inspection, check all the records maintained by the Wireless stations and ensure that all records are maintained up-to-date;

(vii)            ensure that all the Wireless equipments requiring repairs are repaired in the Workshop immediately and put up all the unserviceable equipments to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless for his orders regarding condemnation and disposal. If the value of each items are below Rs.1000/- worth in total and he may take action to condemn the items and furnish a Certificate to that effect and the condemned items will be forwarded to the Central Technical Stores for further action.

(viii)           ensure that kit is supplied to all the staff working under him regularly and hold regular kit inspection during the inspection of the Wireless Stations;

(ix)              ensure during Inspection that the stores are maintained properly and the  ledgers and records connected with all the Wireless equipments are maintained  up-to-date;

(x)               during his tours and Inspections meet the Superintendent of districts and the Inspectors General of Ranges and receive instructions.

(xi)              attend to such other duties as and when assigned by the Superintendent of Police, Wireless from time to time;

(xii)            maintain proper account of all cash transactions handled by him;

 

1952   Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless, City Control Room, Bangalore.

               He will -

(i)                 be responsible for the general supervision over the work of the City Control Room staff under his control and will ensure  proper discipline of the staff.

(ii)                supervise the work of the Workshop.

(iii)              during the visit of VVIPs and other Bandobust duties supervise the communication and convey the information  from time to time to Superiors.

(iv)              attend the work as entrusted by the Superior officers of commessionarates  and other Officers from time to time.

(v)               maintain the prescribed records such as history sheets of equipment, battery and battery charging log, petrol and oil registers, etc.

(vi)              keep in touch with the local Police officers and maintain good liaison.

(vii)            maintain a high standard of security and guard against leakage.

(viii)           submit weekly diary to the Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

 

1953. Inspector Wireless – Central Technical Stores

(i)                 The Inspector  will be in-charge of the Central Technical stores and responsible for its proper maintenance.

(ii)                He will be in-charge of all classes of Stores stocked in the Police Wireless branch, ensure that all stores, are properly arranged and properly secured against loss, pilferage or destruction by insects or moths, maintain correct account of all items of stores and ensure that all transactions of stores are made according to rules and departmental orders through receipt/issue vouchers and duly  entered in the appropriate ledgers;

 

(iii)              He will be responsible for all correspondence pertaining to the Police      

           Wireless stores;

 

(iv)              He will scrutinise the periodical Government property returns from subordinate officers and submit them to the Supdt.  of Police, Wireless;

 

(v)        He will undertake inspection of stores held by the subordinate staff as and when      ordered by the Supdt.  of Police, Wireless and submit indents for the Wireless equipments, and maintain condemnation register and submit periodicals to the Supdt of Police Wireless.

 

(vi)       He will carry out such other duties as may be ordered by the Dy. Supdt.  of Police, S.P. Wireless.

 

vii)        He will initiate the ACRs of the staff working under him from the rank of PC (W) to PSI (W).

 

1954.  POLICE INSPECTOR, WIRELESS, CENTRAL WORKSHOP

 

He will :-

i)      be in-charge of the Central workshop and its branches.

ii)   be responsible for the efficient administration of these branches both internal and  technical;

iii)  maintain close supervision over the work of his subordinates

iv)  carry out all major repairs to the equipment and charger received for repairs in the Central Workshop;

v)  carry out major overhaul of all types of equipments;

vi)  maintain job cards for recording all the  repairs and maintenance work done in the workshop;

vii)  be responsible for the Govt. properties in all the branches of his charge ;

viii)  check and scrutinise the job registers of all the Wireless technicians   under his charge and  submit them to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless through the Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless.

 

ix)  be responsible for testing all  technical stores purchased before they are accepted in the stores;

x)  be responsible for the testing of all unserviceable equipments, spare parts etc., before they are put up to the Supdt.  of Police, Wireless through the Dy. Supdt.  of Police, Wireless for condemnation;

xi) maintain stock register for spare parts and such other technical stores and consumable items under his charge  by preparing expense voucher;

xii)  maintain history  sheets for all equipments in his charge.

xiii)  attend to such other duties as and when assigned by the Dy. Supdt. of Police or Supdt. of Police, Wireless.

xiv)  he will  initiate the ACRs of  the staff working under him from the rank of PCs (W)  to PSIs (W)

 

1955 - INSPECTOR, TRAINING SCHOOL

He will :-

i)     be in-charge of the Training School and its proper administration;

ii)    be  responsible for the efficient training of men in the Training School, exercise  disciplinary and administrative control over trainees under him;

iii)  be in-charge of boarding, lodging  and sanitary arrangements in respect of the trainees;

 

iv)  hold periodical tests prescribed and submit the results to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless through the Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless.

v)  maintain personal sheet for each trainee and enter the test result in it.

vi)  arrange for holding drill and parade  as per orders in  force;

vii)  be responsible  for all the Government properties in the training School.

viii)  attend to major repairs of all the Wireless  and  allied equipments at the Training School

ix)  undertake Lectures in the School and conduct  refresher courses for Wireless operators and technicians to improve their efficiency;

x)  conduct  examination to the operators and Wireless Technicians whenever required

xi)  undertake such other duties as and when allotted by the Deputy Superintendent of Police or the Supdt. of Police, Wireless.

xii)  he will initiate the ACRs of the staff working under him.

 

1956     POLICE INSPECTOR, WIRELESS, CHECK OFFICE

He will :-

i)  be responsible for supervising all the staff working under him and maintain proper discipline.

ii)  put up all the  correspondences in connection with issue of licences, issue of ‘ No objection’ with regard to the operation of Wireless station and seek directions of DSP (W)  Hqrs., SP(W) and DIGP (W)

iii)  apply for fresh licences as and when new Stations are opened or a few frequencies are requisitioned.

iv)  co-ordinate the frequency plan in the State/Inter district net work after seeking instructions from DSP (W)/SP(W).

v)  put up all the cases of jamming of frequencies to DSP (W) /SP(W) and seek instructions from them.

vi)  keep all the records of Check office under safe custody and ensure proper safety of these as they  are the classified documents.

vii)  take up the work entrusted by DSP (W)/SP(W) from time to time.

viii)  he will initiate the ACRs of staff working under him.

 

1957 POLICE INSPECTOR WIRELESS, COMMUNICATION

He will:-

i)  be in-charge of the communication centre of the police wireless at Bangalore.

ii)  be responsible for all Govt.  properties in all the Sections in his charge.

iii)  be responsible for the proper functioning of his branch and for proper maintenance of all the radio equipment, stores, forms, stationery, etc., in his charge.

iv)  ensure that all the main channels are working on proper frequencies allotted to them and there is no breakdown of communications due to faulty equipment and also ensure proper adherence of the  prescribed wireless procedure on all the channels.

v)  scrutinise the daily traffic and put up  a report to  the  Supdt.  of   Police, Wireless, on any irregularities.

vi)  keep stock books, ledgers, etc., in respect of Signal, stores, consumable items, forms etc., in his  charge.

vii)  promptly deal  with  all correspondence concerning communication matters such as breakdowns and delay.

viii)  maintain a dairy and record  therein, all events concerning the communications and other matters pertaining to his duties.

ix)  ensure that all masts and aerials are kept in proper condition

x)  attend to such other duties as and when assigned to him by the Supdt. of Police or Deputy Supdt. of police, Wireless from time to time.

xi) initiate the ACRs of the staff working under him from the rank of PCs  to      PSIs (W).

 

1958. - INSPECTOR, WIRELESS, MONITORING STATION :

He will:-

i)  be in-charge of the Monitoring station.

ii)  supervise the work of his subordinates.

iii)  be responsible for effectively monitoring all traffic in all the channels of  the police  wireless.

iv)  report to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless, all irregularities detected, such as, absence of the duty operator from the wireless stations in the district, indulgence of the operators in key conversation and transmission of the unauthorised and unofficial messages etc.

v)  submit daily report to the Deputy Supdt.  of Police Wireless of the work done by his subordinates.

vi)  attend to such other duties assigned by the SP (W) or DSP(W) from time to time

vii)  initiate the ACRs of staff working under him.

 

1959  POLICE INSPECTOR, CRYPTO

   He will :

i)  assist  DSP Crypto and seek instructions.

ii) take up inspection of all the Cipher documents and ensure they  are intact daily.

iii) visit  other Cryptos Centre in the State and inspect all the documents and certify to their correctness.

iv) ensure that all confidential messages originated from  Bangalore and received at Bangalore shall have proper Cipher code classification.

v) check the daily traffic at random and will submit report, if any classified messages are sent without assigning the security classifications.

 

1960  POLICE INSPECTOR, CITY CONTROL ROOMS

He will :

I) keep a close watch on the daily communication  of all stations of the City on various channels and   keep the SIs (W)  reminded of all pendency of work like erection of Tower/Masts, Painting, Installation, Inspection, relief of staff, despatch of equipment etc. and  also keep a watch over movement of the SIs (W) and the ASIs (R/M) in their respective areas.

 

ii) scrutinise and submit to the DSP (W), Weekly diary extracts (original) of ASI (R/Ms) and SIs (W)  under his control.  A proper check will be maintained to see that diary extracts are submitted by the concerned regularly and promptly.

iii)  keep a watch over the statements  which are due to be submitted to the DIG  Hqrs., directly by the SIs (W) and also keep a watch over the prompt response by SIs (W) whenever an information is called for from the Chief Office, by signal or by post.

iv) undertake supervision of any special communication survey, opening of additional networks, and special bandobust etc., if any.

v) undertake any additional technical work as and when assigned  to him from the Headquarters.,

vi) be present whenever a superior officer is inspecting a particular station in the city.

vii) grant casual leave to ASIs (W), R/M,  HCs (W) PCs (W) as per the recommendation of the concerned  SIs (W).

viii) attend to all correspondence with the local COP Office and the Hqrs.,

ix) submit to the Hqrs any report/representation from any of the Wireless Staff of the COP for necessary action.

x) maintain proper account of service stamps, Railways/Bus warrants, POL, Distilled water and local purchase of spares for maintenance of machinery.

xi) utilise the Services of the HC (W)  posted to City/District Workshop for clerical work of the office.

xii)  maintain cordial relation and co-operation with other SIs (W) of the districts and run the administration smoothly and efficiently.

xiii) initiate the ACRs of all the staff working under him from the rank of PCs to PSI (W).

(xiv)  ensure that the operators (Wireless) posted at control room to man various channels are attentive all the  time to receive and pass communications.

 

1961   DISTRICT WIRELESS INSPECTORS (OF THE RANK OF PIS WIRELESS)

    The District Inspectors will ,

i)  be in overall  charge of the district and will supervise the work of all the staff working under his supervision.

ii)  be responsible for inspecting the Police Wireless stations in his jurisdictions from engineering and communication points of view;

iii) maintain the district workshop and ensure that the equipments handed over for repairs at the district workshop are repaired expeditiously and sent over to the respective wireless stations, promptly.

iv) be responsible for ensuring progressive maintenance based on the instructions issued from Hqrs.,

v) be responsible for the maintenance of the district wireless stores and for the proper maintenance of ledgers and records connected  with the wireless stores and will submit Indent of stores required for his district to Inspector, Wireless in-charge of Technical Stores.

vi)  maintain a separate file of faulty equipment received from wireless Stations in his charge and submit to the zonal Supervisor at the end of every month, a consolidate list of faulty equipment attended to etc.,

vii)  ensure that the prescribed Wireless procedure is followed by every Wireless Station in his charge.

viii)  check the Weekly Diaries of the SIs (W) under his command and intimate any information of special  interest to the Zonal Supervisor.

ix)  report to the  Zonal Supervisor all cases of breakdown, delay in transmission of Messages after due investigation  and other irregularities if any.

x)   be responsible for checking all the Traffic that passed over the Police Wireless in his district and report irregularities, if any, to the Zonal Supervisor.

xi)  during inspection,  check all the records maintained in the Wireless Stations.

xii)  initiate ACRs of all the staff working under him from the rank of PCs to PSIs (W).

xiii) carryout detailed inspection on the maintenance of equipment held on charge in each of the Wireless stations under his command and make physical verification and furnish a certificate to that effect to the Zonal Supervisor.

xiv)  be responsible for installation and maintenance of special or additional wireless stations  in his jurisdiction; during VVIP visits and other L & O duties.

xv)  be responsible for attending to special duties whenever required.

xvi)  submit weekly diary to the Supdt. of Police, Wireless through proper channel.

xvii)  attend to such other duties as assigned to him by the Zonal Supervisor, Dy. Supdt. of Police, Wireless from time to time.

xviii)  grant casual leave to ASIs (W), ASIs (R/M)  HCs (W) and PCs (W) as per the recommendation of the concerned SI (W).

 

 

 

 

1962  S.I. M.T.O.

     The Sub Inspector will

i) work directly under the supervision of DSP Hqrs.

ii) supervise all the staff working under his control and ensure proper discipline.

iii)l supervise the maintenance of all the vehicles under his supervision.

iv) allot duties and responsibilities to each of the drivers/staff working in the M.T.Section.

v) maintain all the ledgers, log books of  M.T. Section and ensure proper maintenance of the log books of vehicles.

vi) ensure that all the vehicles are in running condition and if any defects are noticed  he will take action to attend to the defects of the vehicles immediately.

vii) put up the estimates, quotations, I.M.V. certificates etc., to the SP (W) through DSP(W) for obtaining sanctions to carryout repairs/maintenance.

viii) put up every year a report to DSP(W) for fixing the mileage of each vehicle.

ix) ensure that all the vehicles have valid insurance, fitness certificates and all the drivers possess valid licences.

x) take necessary action to put up report to RTO through DSP(W)/SP(W) to dispose of unserviceable spare parts by auction etc.,

xi) perform other duties  as and when assigned by DSP (W),SP(W) and DIGP(W).

xii) arrange for the Inspection of vehicles by DSP(W/SP(W) Weekly/Fortnightly.

xiii) put up reports for the unserviceable vehicles for condemnation etc.,

xiv) maintain duty Roster for all the staff working in M.T. Section and obtain the signatures of the concerned staff.

 

1963  SUB - INSPECTOR (CRYPTOGRAPHY) :

     He will  :

i) be available at  the Hqrs. always for any cipher duty.

ii)  assist DSP Crypto and PI Crypto

iii) during the leave period of PI (W) Crypto, will look after the duties of PI (W) Crypto.

iv) do regular practice of Cipher  work and be fully conversant with Cryptography rules and regulations.

v)   keep fit to do enciphering and deciphering in any of the systems in vogue, by doing study of rules and practical work.

 

1964   POLICE SUB-INSPECTOR TRAINING SCHOOL:

            He will :

i)   assist the P.I. Training School in the day to day Administration work.

ii)  if the Police Inspector of Training goes on leave Senior  SI (W) of Training  Institute  will look after his duties.

iii)   assist the periodical tests conducted by the PI (W)  for  the trainees at  the Training School.

iv)  safeguard the Government properties in the Training  School.

v)   attend to major repairs of all the Wireless and allied equipments at the  Training School.

vi)   perform other duties  as and when assigned by the DSPs, SP(W) and DIGP (W).

 

SUB-INSPECTORS WIRELESS IN THE DISTRICTS:

 

1965.    Sub-Inspectors, Wireless, will be under direct control of PI (W) of districts.  They will carry out the works assigned to them from time to time by the PI (W) of the district.

i)                    They will be responsible for the efficient running, up-keep and Cleanliness of all the Wireless stations.

ii)        They will maintain the prescribed  records such as history sheets of the equipment,

            Battery and Battery charging, log, Petrol and Oil registers, etc., and submit returns

            such as traffic returns, and maintain Wireless station diary.

iii)       They will see that all instructions in regard to the working of Wireless stations and

            clearance of messages issued from time to time are strictly implemented.

iv)       They will be responsible for all Government property in the Wireless stations and              

            take such measures as necessary for their safety.

v)        They will attend to  all correspondence relating to the working of the Wireless

           stations.

vi)       They will keep in touch with the local Police Officers and maintain good liaison.

vii)               They will scrutinise the daily logs with the messages and the traffic records.

viii)    They will prepare duty chart for the operators in accordance with instructions from

           the inspector of Police, Wireless from time to time.

ix)      They will do the operating  work whenever necessary.

 

x)   They will attend to the routine maintenance of all the equipments and allied

       accessories in the station.

xi)  They will maintain a high standard of security and guard against leakage.

xii)  During disturbances and other emergencies, such as cyclones, floods, etc., they will take care to see that Wireless communication is not interrupted due to breakdown of mains, want of batteries, damage to aerial installations or any such cause and take all precautions and steps necessary during emergencies to keep up and maintain an uninterrupted communication.

xiii)  They will undertake any other specialised work, whenever required

xiv)  They should  promptly report all cases of breakdown through defect report of the concerned Wireless stations and all cases of irregularities, etc., to the PI (W) and Zonal supervisor for taking further action.

xvi) They will be responsible for the proper turnout of all the operators in the station and

xvii) They will be responsible for such other duties as are connected with the proper functioning of the Wireless stations and generally see that the efficiency and discipline of the Wireless stations are maintained.

 

1966   Assistant Sub-Inspectors (Wireless) :

i)  He will assist  the PI (W), SIs (W) concerned in maintenance of communication.

ii)  The ASI (W) will work as DSO or Shift basis and be responsible for co-ordination between various channels.  He will supervise effective communication, keep correct and complete information about communication matters and  deploy  mobiles etc.,

iii)  He will assist the PI (W)  and SIs (W) after and before Office hours in case of any action to be taken in the event of an emergency arising out of law and order situation.

 

1967   Assistant  Sub-Inspector (R/M)

            He will ;

I)           be responsible for  repairs/maintenance of all the Wireless equipment in the district.

ii)          attend to the installation/maintenance of all mobiles/static as directed by the SI (W) D/C according to the  requisition from the SI (W) Workshop or SI(W) Town/City Control.

iii)         assist the PI (W), SI (W) district workshop in carrying out testing of spares/equipment received  from Headquarters or local market from time to time.

iv)        submit  weekly diary through the PI (W)

v)              whenever any emergency is proclaimed,  be on the spot and co-operate, in  maintenance of communication without interruption.

vi)        maintain history sheets of all the Wireless equipments including repairs done to different types and makes of equipments.

vii)        be available for duty outside normal working hours also, if called upon to do so.

 

1968   Assistant Sub-Inspector (Wireless) Electrician:

    He will:-

i)  attend to all minor repairs, servicing and maintenance  of the equipments

ii) be responsible for the maintenance and repairs of all petrol engines  and main chargers and inspection of power wiring in all the Wireless stations and for attending to breakdowns as directed.

iii) repair the faulty batteries received as directed.

iv)  maintain a daily diary giving details of all the work done

v)  co-operate fully with the other branches of the Police.

vi) during emergencies, be on the spot and attend to various technical works connected with the operation of the Wireless stations and help maintain uninterrupted communications.

 

1969  ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR (CRYPTOGRAPHY):

     He will

i)   be available at the Hqrs., always for any Cipher duty.

ii)   discharge duties of D.S.O. if there is a shortage of other ASI (W)

iii)  do regular practice of Cipher work and be fully conversant with  Cryptography  rules and regulations.

iv)  keep fit to do enciphering and deciphering  in any of the systems in vogue, by doing study of rules and practical work.

v)  In the event of one ASI (C) proceeding on leave, the other ASI (C) will carry out additional duty of the ASI (C) on leave.

vi)  No leave should be availed by both the ASI (C) simultaneously unless alternate arrangements are made for Cipher duties.

vii)   He will be always available for any Wireless duty at his Hqrs., as assigned by the PI (W) and SIs (W) when there is no Cipher work.

 

1970   WIRELESS OPERATOR (HCS AND PCS)

    He will ;

i)  attend the Wireless station according to “duty Chart”

ii) while handing over and taking over charge, will ensure that the equipment, batteries, accessories etc., are  clean and in  working condition.

iii)  be responsible for quick and correct transmission, reception and despatch of Wireless message, while on duty and issue delay memos when necessary.

iv)  maintain log books and other  records in a neat and legible hand

v) manipulate and work all types of equipments available at the station.

vi)  report to the PSI (W) or Asst.  Sub-inspector, Wireless immediately, when a fault in the equipment or any irregularity in the Channel is noticed.

vii)  carry out any technical  duties like charging of  batteries and noting the supply voltage, etc., and maintain their logs.

viii)  instal static and mobile wireless stations, erect aerials and establish  communications whenever required.

ix)  keep to himself all official matters communicated on the wireless system and not to give out any such information to anybody, not even to another person belonging to the police department.

x)  always be available for duty.

xi) do any other specialised work, whenever required.  Ordinarily two operators  will  be available for duty during the office hours and one operator beyond office hours to attend to emergent calls and they should be ready to switch on the wireless station on a warning from the control station or any out-station.

xii)  All operators in the Police wireless station have a joint responsibility  for the safe custody of the Wireless  equipment from the security point of view and  maintain cent percent secrecy over the intelligence passing through the wireless.

xiii)  In addition he will perform  other duties as and when assigned by the PI (W) and SI (W).

xiv) He will improve the technical knowledge on all the technical equipment used in Wireless.

 

1971  DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HCS/PCS DRIVERS/DESPATCH RIDERS:

      They should ;

i) have proper discipline and turnout and obey  the instructions of the PI (W)/SI(W) Shift supervisors.

ii) carry out the instructions of the Officers under whom they working (  PIs (W) / SIs  (W)/Shift Supervisors).

iii)  a) take  charge  of the vehicle/Motor cycle and will carryout the general maintenance of the vehicle on daily basis.

       b)  maintain the log of the Motor Cycle by entering all the particulars clearly and visibly.

       c)  inform  the next superior officer for necessary action,  if any defects are noticed in the vehicle.

iv) despatch all the messages/Tappals well in time.

v) assist   in maintaining/cleaning of the Wireless station and premises.

 

1972   DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HCS/PCS (GENERAL)

i)  They will obey the instructions of in charge/sectional officers.

ii) Their turnout should be good and proper discipline shall be maintained.

iii) a)  They should perform all the general duties of the office/section entrusted to them.

      b) They will  carryout the work assigned by the PI (W)/ SIs  (W)/Shift supervisors.

iv)  They will maintain the Office/location clean and tidy.

v)  They will perform duties like  carrying of equipments batteries, Aerial towers etc.,

vi)  They should be capable of climbing and installing the  Antenna/Tower as and when required.

vii)  Despatching  of Tappals /Radio messages to the Officers  concerned as and when ordered by the PI (W) / SI (W) shift supervisors.

viii)  They will assist in maintenance/charging of Batteries.

ix) They will  perform other duties as and when  ordered by the PI (W) /SI (W)/Shift supervisors.

 

MOTOR TRANSPORT SECTION:

1973    The orders prescribed in Chapter LI apply to the M.T. Section of the Police Wireless.

MUSKETRY PRACTICE

1974     The Personnel of the Wireless stations will undergo Musketry Practice along  with the Civil Police of the place.

Parade

 

1975.  The  personnel of the Wireless Stations will attend parade twice a week held  by the Police.

CONFIDENTIAL PERSONAL FILES AND CONFIDENTIAL SHEETS

1976     The confidential personal files and the personal sheets will be maintained according to orders contained in Chapter XI.  The personal sheets of Wireless staff working in districts will also  be maintained by the  Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

REWARDS

1977.    The subordinate officers of the Police Wireless are eligible for rewards in accordance with the Orders laid down in Chapter VIII.

DIARY

1978.  (1)  The Dy.Inspector General of Police, Wireless will write monthly diary  in Form No.13 and send monthly report with an abstract in Form No.14 and a forwarding note in Form No.15 to the Director Genl.  & Inspr. Genl.of Police, through the Addl. Director Genl. of Police, TTM, Bangalore.

 

            (2)  The Supdt. of Police, Wireless, will write monthly diary in Form No. 13 and send  monthly report with an abstract in Form No.14 and a forwarding note in Form No.15 to the Dy.Inspr. Genl. of Police, Wireless.

 

            (3)  The Deputy Supdt. of Police, Wireless, will write weekly diary in Form No. 13 and send weekly report with an abstract in Form No. 17 and forwarding note in Form No.18 to the Dy.Inspr. Genl. of Police, Wireless through the Supdt. of Police, Wireless.

 

              (4) The following  subordinate officers will write weekly diary in Form No. 267 and submit copies  to the officers mentioned against each in columns 2 and 3.

 

SL.NO.

 

    1

Name of the Officer

 

                2

Through whom to be

           submitted.

                 3

To whom

 

       4

1

Inspector, Wireless

Dy. Supdt. of Police,

Wireless

Supdt. of Police

Wireless

2

Sub-Inspector, Wireless

Inspector, Wireless,

Dy. Supdt. of Police,

Wireless.

Supdt. of  Police,

Wireless

3

Asst. Sub-Inspector, Radio Mechanic, Asst. Sub-Inspector, Wireless/Crypto and Asst. Sub-Inspr. Electrician, ASI Machinist.ASI  Draughts Man

Sub-Inspector,

Wireless,

OR

Inspector,

Wireless

Dy. Supdt. of Police,

Wireless

 

           (5) Instructions for  writing the diary and its maintenance as applicable to the various ranks in the civil police will also apply mutatis mutandis, to the officers of the Police Wireless.

 

Inspection

1979.      Regular inspections of the various Police Wireless stations shall be carried out by all the supervisory officers.  The Inspections should be detailed and should pertain to both the administrative and technical aspects of the Police wireless.

 

           The following scale of inspection is prescribed for each of the supervisory officers:-

SL.NO.

Name of the Officer

Stations to be

Inspected

Frequency

1

Dy. Inspr. Genl., Wireless

Superintendent, Police Wireless office including units in the Headquarters

Once a year

 

 

20% of Wireless stations

-do-

2

S.P. Wireless

All Units in the headquarters

All Divisional offices, Zonal offices and 50% Wireless Stations in the State.

-do-

3

DSP Wireless

(Zonal supervision)

All divisional offices and Zonal offices and 100% of the Wireless Stations in the State

-

4.

Police Inspr. (W)

District Control/ City Control

50% of the  Police Wireless Stations in his jurisdiction.

-do-

 

 

 

 

 

            The instructions given in Chapter XIII should be followed  in so as far they relate to Police Wireless.

LIBRARY

1980.  There is a library attached to the Police Wireless at headquarters for the use of the Wireless personnel.  The  Library intended to improve the technical knowledge and  efficiency of the staff, contains up-to-date publications on radio engineering and connected subjects.  Periodicals and technical journals are also available in the library.  This should be updated by adding the latest publications every year.

LIAISON BETWEEN DEFENCE SERVICES, SIGNAL ORGANISATIONS AND POSTS AND TELEGRAPHS AND RAILWAYS.

 

1981.     Close liaison will be maintained between the Karnataka State Police Wireless and the Radio Organisations  of the Defence Services, the Department of Telecommunication and the Railways, especially during the emergencies.  Standing reciprocal arrangements for the transmission of messages to destinations covered by any one of the organisations will be made from time to time by the representatives of these organisations meeting in Conference.  For a similar purpose, a message control organisation has been set up at various State Capitals by the Ministry of Communications, Government of India.

 

RECIPROCAL ARRANGEMENTS WITH THE DEFENCE SERVICES SIGNAL ORGANISATIONS FOR DESPATCHING WIRELESS MESSAGES IN EMERGENCIES.

 

1982.  The following procedure for use by the Police of Army Wireless facilities will be followed, when Police facilities break down or are not available:

 

            (a)  The Police messages must be written on the army message Form No.13.  A stock of forms should be cyclostyled and kept ready for use by officers likely to need them.

 

            (b)  In using the army form, the officers sending the message must indicate the degree of priority in the Space provided in the bottom left-hand corner of the form.  The following ranks of officers are authorised to use the degree of priority  indicated against each, it being understood that  each officer must always use the lowest degree of priority possible on every occasion, according to the needs of the Situation:

 

Superintendent of Police and Higher Officer             Most immediate                     OU

Assistant and Dy.Supdt. of Police,                         Important                           OP

Station House  Officers and Higher                                       Ordinary                             O

                                        Officers.                  

                        Note:-  Officers  authorised to sign on behalf of an officer of higher rank may use the higher priority, when signing for that officer.

            (c)  Messages will be handed in by Police Constables in Uniform  carrying his sanad at the Army Signal Office.

            (d)   The Police Office receiving message through an army signal station is responsible for collecting it from the Signal station.  The procedure to be followed is that the army signal station will ring up the office of the Supdt.  of Police, if the message is received between 10.30 A.M.  and 5.30 P.M. or the Police headquarters, if received during other hours.  It will then be the responsibility of the Police to send a Constable in Uniform carrying his sanad to collect the message from the Signal Office.

            (e)  The following procedure for use  by the army, of Police Wireless facilities will be followed, when army facilities breakdown or are not available:

            (i)  Messages will be accepted for any place at which a Police Wireless station exists;

            ii)  The following ranks of officers are authorised to use the degree of priority indicated against each:

            Lt. - Col. and above              Most immediate                     OU

            Major and above                     Important                                 OP

            Other officers                         Ordinary                                  O

            iii)  Messages will be handed in by a soldier in uniform carrying identification documents and these must always be examined.  The messages will be handed in at the Office of the Superintendent of Police between 10.30 A.M. and 5.30  P.M. and at Police Headquarters during other hours.

            iv)  Messages received over the Police Wireless addressed to army officers or units will be sent immediately by the operator on duty to the Superintendent of Police or in his absence, to the Dy.S.P(Hqs.).  The officer receiving the message will immediately ring up the Military Exchange, ask for the Assistant Duty Signal Officer and  inform him that a message has been received and should be collected by the Army.  He will not attempt  to pass on the message by telephone.  The message will be collected by the soldier in uniform carrying identification documents, which must be checked before  handing over the message.  At places other  than Bangalore, it will be the duty of Military Officers to call on the Superintendent of the District and inform him where messages addressed  to them should be sent.  It will then be the duty of the Superintendent or in his absence, Dy.S.P. (Hqs.) to arrange speedy delivery of the message to the place arranged, by a Police Constable in uniform carrying his sanad.

 

USE OF POLICE WIRELESS IN EMERGENCY

1983    The Police Wireless should be normally employed only for the transmission of messages pertaining to law and order and semi-law and order as defined in Order 1992.  In times of anticipated emergencies, the prior approval of the Ministry of Communications, Government of India, should be obtained through the Directorate of Co-ordination, Police Wireless, New Delhi, for the use of the Police Wireless for purposes other than those for which the Police Wireless stations are licensed.  But in times of sudden emergency like floods, cyclones  and such other natural calamities, the Chief Secretary to the State Government can authorise the use of the Police Wireless for passing messages pertaining to those  events in anticipation of the sanction of the Government of India.  The Ex-Post-facto sanction of the Ministry of Communications, Government of India, should, however, be obtained as quickly as possible, preferably within 24 hours.  Such sanction may even be obtained over the Police Wireless, in case the Posts and Telegraphs channels go out of commission due to disturbances.

 

LOCATION AND PROTECTION OF WIRELESS STATIONS

1984.    (i)  All the static wireless stations are located in the district police offices, armed reserve headquarters or police stations.  The mobile radio stations when taken by officers on tour should also be located where there is police guard as far as possible.  At places where no guard is available, the officer using shall be responsible for the security of the mobile station;

(ii)  Wireless installation should be treated as a vital and protected area and the security of such installation is the responsibility of the Superintendent of the districts.

 

MOVEMENT OF WIRELESS STATIONS

1985.  A static wireless station should not be moved by any officer except under the orders of the Director General and Inspector General of Police, Mobile Wireless stations attached to the various officers can be moved by them in their respective jurisdiction.  The Director General and Inspector  General of Police  can order the transfer of a mobile station for emergency employment anywhere in the State.  The Deputy Inspector General may transfer a mobile station for emergency employment anywhere in the range.  The  Officers to whom mobile wireless stations are sanctioned, should arrange for their transport in police motor vehicles or by train as may be necessary.  The charges incurred for the transport of mobile stations should be met by the district police concerned.       

 

INTER-STATE POLICE WIRELESS NETWORK

1986.  This service will be utilised by all  Police Officers, District Magistrates and Secretaries to Government for the transmission of messages pertaining to law and order and semi-law and order as defined in Order 1992 to New Delhi and other State Capitals.  Through the State Capitals, Messages, could be passed to all  places provided with Police Wireless stations in the various States.

 

PROTECTION CLAUSE

1987.    All the Intelligence passing through the various Wireless networks will be considered as secret  and will be protected under Sections  123, 124 and 162 of Indian Evidence Act, 1874.

 

SOURCE OF  POWER

1988.  For securing economy, all static wireless stations will be on the local commercial supply of A.C.Power.  As  uninterrupted communication service will depend upon uninterrupted supply of  power  the Superintendents of districts will be in touch with the local Electrical Engineer-in-charge and make arrangements to get advance information for the Wireless stations about temporary shutdown or breakdown of this supply and they should be vigilant especially during emergencies.    Arrangements should be made for UPS wherever feasible.

 

INTERFERENCE WITH WIRELESS EQUIPMENT.

1989.    (i)  Batteries of Police  motor vehicles may be charged at the Wireless  stations in cases  of emergency  only at places where there is no independent arrangement for the vehicles of the motor transport. This can be carried on  without affecting  the regular working of the Wireless  station. Wireless operators shall not charge private batteries at Wireless stations.

 

            (ii)  The Wireless operating staff will not unnecessarily take upon themselves the responsibility of rectifying serious faults in the Wireless equipment at their station.  They  should, whenever such faults are noticed, immediately intimate the breakdown to the Police Inspector Wireless and seek his assistance.  Till the arrival of Police Inspector and Wireless engineering staff,  the work in the station should be carried on by using the standby set.  The ASI Wireless and the Wireless operators are expected to attend to very minor and superficial faults.

 

RADIO BLACK OUT

1990.    Whenever radio fade-outs and magnetic storms affect the signals, this service will fail to function for the period of such adverse phenomenon .  The Superintendents of districts should  then help the Wireless operators to dispose of all urgent messages by FAX/Hotlines

 

OFFICERS  AUTHORISED TO USE POLICE WIRELESS

1991.     The following are authorised to send messages on the Police Wireless provided they relate to the subjects specified in Order 1992.

(1)  All Ministers;

(2)  Chief Secretary to the Government

(3)  Secretary, Deputy Secretary, and Under Secretary to Government, Home Department.

(4)  District Magistrate and Sub-Divisional Magistrate;

(5)  All Police Officers of and above the rank of Station  House Officer;

(6)  Central Intelligence Officers, Deputy Central Intelligence Officers and Assistant Central Intelligence Officers of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India; and

(7)  Prosecutors.

            In cases of emergency, Director  General & Inspector General of Police may authorise officers of  other departments to use the Wireless to clear messages subject to the license regulations.

 

MESSAGE WRITING INSTRUCTIONS

1992.    (I)  The Officers authorised to use the Police  Wireless will ensure that messages pertaining to only the following subjects are handed in for transmission on the police wireless.  Messages not pertaining to any of the subjects noted below will not be accepted for transmission.

 

(a)  Law and Order Category :

      i)  Court attendance in Police cases, summons, warrants, trials;

     ii)  information relating to arrests and movements of suspects;

    iii)  dacoities;

    iv)  murder cases;

    v)  theft cases, arrest  and proceedings relating thereto

    vi)  searches, recoveries  and possession of stolen properties;

    vii)  look out for stolen properties;

   viii)  escorts by police personnel;

   ix)  corruption cases;

   x)  information regarding accused persons in custody;

   xi)  verification of allegations against persons suspected in cases investigated by police;

   xii)  descriptive rolls of deserters- military/police

  xiii)  movement of criminals registered in the District Crime Record Bureau;

  xiv)  foreign nationals - passport verifications;

  xv)  crime statistics;

  xvi)  identification parade;

 xvii)  failure  of state Wireless  Stations;

 xviii) failure of state Wireless Stations;

 xix)  demand  for police personnel in emergencies;

  xx)  tour programmes of VIPs (For example Ministers, Deputy Ministers and Envoys);

xxi)  information relating  to missing persons (such as children, disabled persons)-efforts by Police to trace;

xxii) movement of police officers on duty;

xxiii)  verification of antecedents of ex-convicts;

xxiv)  death reports regarding  Police Personnel;

xxv)  violation of the Indian air space by foreign aircraft;

xxvi)  violation of narcotic laws and measures taken to prevent such violation;

xxvii)  opening of fire on mobs by Government servants in the discharge of their official duties;

xxviii)  information directly pertaining to the rescue, relief and search of aircrafts in distress;

xxix)   communal incidents where violence is threatened or has actually taken place;

xxx)  strikes, hunger strikes and strikes by labourers or workers etc.,;

xxxi)  movement of C.I.D. criminals;

xxxii)  escape of prisoners;

xxxiii)  outbreak of riot in prisons;

xxxiv)  hunger strike of prisoners; and

xxxv)  movement of prisoners having a special background.

 

b)  Semi-Law and Order Category.

i)  appointment and postings in the Police ranks and statistics relating to strength, promotions, demotions, etc., of Police personnel;

ii)  police courses, training, etc.,

iii)  character rolls, service books etc., of Police personnel;

iv)  police officers’ Conferences, inter-state and intra-state;

v)  Police business indirectly related to law and  order; and

c)  Service messages of Police Wireless Branch that is, messages relating to communication and maintenance of the State Police Wireless such as daily equipment reports and other service matters.

 

MESSAGE WRITING AND USE OF PRIORITIES

1993.    These instructions are issued as a guide to the users of the police wireless links in the preparation of messages which should confirm to existing rules on security and procedure and in the use of the message Form Nos. 261 and 262.  It is necessary that all users of police wireless system should adhere to these instructions to ensure most efficient use of the police wireless links.

CONSIDERATION BEFORE ORIGINATING A MESSAGE.

1994.  Before originating a message the originator will do well to consider the following:

            (a)  Whether  the contents can be easily sent as a letter through normal channels with due regard to nature of priority of the text.

            (b)  Whether the text pertains to subjects which can be cleared over police wireless  links.

 

DRAFTING

1995. (a)  Wireless messages should be treated on par with telegrams.  The text should be brief without losing clarity.  This is essential, if speed is to be achieved in clearance of these messages over the wireless links.  Verbose messages reporting matter in conversational form only tend to delay their clearance and will also delay other important messages.  Ordinarily a message should not exceed 30 words.

            (b) Text should be in telegraphic form of writing, clear, concise and easily understood.  It should not contain secret or confidential matter as wireless transmission is liable to be intercepted.  If the Originator desires sending secret information it should be got encyphered through proper agencies.

 

NUMBER OF COPIES OF MESSAGES AND WRITING OF MESSAGES

1996.     Messages must be written legibly, preferably typewritten in the standard Form Nos. 261 and 262.  If standard message forms are not used, sufficient space as given in standard form may be left in the paper for use by Police Wireless staff.

 

            Normally, only one copy of the message is to be sent for transmission and the same will be retained in the wireless station.  In the case of messages addressed to more than one authority, the number of copies required will be equal to the number of wireless channels.  This will avoid delay in as much as no time would be wasted in the wireless station in making out copies of the message for transmission by different nets.  All copies must be legible to prevent errors in transmission.

 

     The following instructions should be borne in mind while writing up messages in Form Nos.261 and 262.

(a)    Address to:-  Designation of officials and/or name of the department along with the name of the station should be inserted here.  If approved abbreviated addresses are available, those should invariably be used.  Under no circumstances should titles, prefix or suffix, be used.

 

(b)    Address for information (Info.):-  If the  message is also required to be sent to any authority other than the addressee for information only, the name or designation of the official or the name or designation of the official or the name of the department together with the name of the station should be inserted in this space.  Approved abbreviated addresses, if available, should be used.

(c)    Address from:-  Name and/or designation of official or name of the department of the originator along with the name of the station should be inserted here.  If approved abbreviation is available, it should be used.

(d)    Originator’s Number:-  The originator should insert his reference number of the correspondence.

(e)    Date:-  The date on which the message is originated should be inserted in this space.  The date may be written in figures separated by obliques only; for example, the 29th of December 1964, will be written as 29/12/1964.

(f)     In reply to:-  The reference of the correspondence to which the message is a reply should be inserted in this space.  This eliminates the use of the common preamble in a letter, e.g., “Reference is invited to your No. . . . . “  or “With reference to (abbreviated designation) No. . . . . . ”.

(g)    Dated:-  The date of the reference shown in (f) above, namely, “In reply to” should be inserted in this space.  It should be written only in figures as mentioned above under “Date”.

(h)    Text:-  Owing to the large volume of traffic handled in a wireless station and also because an unnecessarily long message may cause delay and hold up communications, it is essential to couple brevity with intelligibility.  Before writing a message, careful consideration should be given to the contents.  Thereafter, the text should be written as briefly as possible in telegraphic language.  The use of words like “please”,  “kindly”, “would be grateful”, must be eliminated.  Omission of these words in a wireless message does not imply lack of politeness.

(i)      The following punctuation signs only must be used:

(i) full stop should be written within a circle, whether by hand or by typewriter, e.g. (.); no full stop is required at the end of the text; while.

(ii) comma,

(iii) inverted commas,

(iv) hyphen,

(v) oblique or stroke or bar

            (vi) brackets,

            (vii) decimal point, and

            (viii) apostrophe,

should be written in the same way as in ordinary writing.  Apart from the above signs, no punctuation or mathematical signs should be written and care must be taken to ensure that their omission does not alter the sense of the message.  On no account should the text contain tabular statements, as they cannot be transmitted by wireless.

(j)      Priority:-  If it is desired that a message should be transmitted more expeditiously than an ordinary message, the degree of priority should be inserted in this space.  The categories of priority available and their use are given in the succeeding orders.

(k)    Originator’s Signature and Designation:-  The originator should affix his signature and designation in this space signifying that he has sanctioned the contents of the message including the priority classification, if any, and authorised it transmission by wireless.  Messages not signed by an authorised person will not be accepted, for transmission by wireless.

(l)      Time of Origin (TOO):-  The time (in four figures) at which the originator signs a message should be inserted in this space.  The first  two figures indicate the hours and the next two the minutes.  Thus, five minute past six ‘O’ clock in the morning is written as 0605.  The abbreviation “Hrs.” should not be used.  In all cases “T.O.O.” must be entered by the originator.

(m)  The remaining space in the message form is for the use of the wireless staff only and nothing should be written therein by the originator.

(n)    All Message in code should be written and transcribed in block letters.

(o)    The formalities of a letter such as “Sir”, “Yours faithfully”, etc., should be strictly avoided.

(p)    An office copy of a message will be maintained on the records of the originator’s office.

(q)    A post copy in confirmation of the wireless message will also be sent to the addressee at the same time, as in the case of telegram.

 

 

 

SECURITY

1997.  (a)  As all wireless transmissions are subject to interruption by any person possessing a receiver, there is no security attached to the transmission of a message by wireless.  Originators must, therefore, ensure that if the contents of a message are of a secret or confidential nature which should not be known to all, they must encypher the message before despatching it to the wireless station for transmission.  No responsibility is accepted by the wireless staff for encyphering or deciphering messages.

 

(b) The receiving wireless station will transcribe the message on a similar form and cause it to be delivered to the addressee by a bicycle orderly, as many messages as possible being collected in suitable batches for delivery.  Police motor vehicles should not be used exclusively for the delivery of wireless messages.  If there are urgent messages, they should be communicated to the addressee in advance by telephone.  Messages addressed to Police officers will simply be folded and the name of the addressee to officers outside the police department should be sent in old envelopes with utility labels.  Confidential or code messages should be delivered in stuck down envelopes which should, in addition, be sealed.  Messages containing information regarding political, communal or religious meetings, etc. and arrests and movements of important persons,  dacoits,  etc. should be treated as confidential and delivered as such.

 

(c)  Original messages sent to a wireless station form part of the record of that office and cannot be removed and returned to the originator, the only exception being code messages. If an originator wants to know as to when a message delivered to a wireless station was actually transmitted, he should make his own arrangements to get this information and should not expect the wireless staff to do it, as a message delivered for transmission will be transmitted by the Wireless station according to its priority and turn.

 

(d) No record of coded messages is to be kept in any wireless station.  Originals of coded messages, received from originators for onward transmission to out-stations, should be returned to them and acknowledgement taken soon after they are cleared.  Similarly, no local record is to be kept of any coded messages received from outstations.  However, necessary entries should be made in the local inward or outward registers as regards the disposal of such coded messages.  All code messages, after delivery of copies to the addresses should be destroyed by burning by the Wireless Operator  himself and a certificate to that effect entered in the ‘inward’ register.

 

USE OF PRIORITY

1998.  (a)  Normally, messages are cleared according to their serial order of receipt at a wireless station, i.e., according to the time of receipt.  However, to ensure quick clearance of messages which are required to reach the addressee as early as possible in view of the urgency of the text matter, the messages are given priorities.  The following priorities are prescribed in order of urgency for use in inter-district messages :

            1.  “OE”    -            CRASH

            2.  “OU”   -            MOST IMMEDIATE

            3. “N”              -            ORDINARY

            4. “S”               -            SERVICE

            Messages must be delivered to the Wireless stations immediately after their origination.

These Priorities should be used for Messages described below :

(b).  (1)  “OE” – Crash  - When a message of this priority is received in the wireless station, communication on all concerned channels is suspended forthwith to enable the message bearing “Crash Priority” to be cleared.  The use of this priority is restricted for extreme emergencies and should, therefore, be resorted to in very exceptional circumstances.  The urgency demanding the use of such priority should be of such vital importance that the interruption of the communication in progress, perhaps of other urgent traffic, can be justified.  The priority may be used where the recipient has to take immediate executive action to save human life or to prevent damage to valuable property.

2.        “OU” – Most Immediate  -  The use of this priority is restricted to messages conveying information or instructions relating to natural calamities, disturbances (communal, anti-social and political), strikes, accidents, riots, murder, security measures and important movements of the police which in the opinion of the originator, should reach the addressee immediately.

3.       “OP” – Immediate -  The use of this priority is restricted to messages conveying important information relating to law and order for immediate attention and action for instance, information regarding probability of strikes, disturbances or any other upheaval, movements of high Government officials dealing with Law and Order, and Political leaders, agitators and dangerous criminals.

4.       “N” Ordinary – The instances mentioned above are by no means exhaustive and are only intended as a broad guide for the use of the originators.  It is the duty of the originator to consider each case and assign the minimum priority compatible with the requirement.  As a guide and also a means of ensuring the correct use or priorities, the following entitlement of priorities is laid down which is uniform for all the Police force in the country.  An officer, however, can assign a higher priority than he is entitled to, if the contents of message fall under the broad subject division given above.

5.       “S” – Service Message -  The use of this priority is strictly restricted to the Wireless staff and to the working of the wireless system, i.e., breakdown of equipment, heavy interference, urgent messages connected with technical observations, etc.  Breakdown of equipment means only the failure of transmitters and receivers and does not include the failure of secondary of auxiliary equipment.

The following allocations of priorities may be made by the officers noted against each :

(a)       Most immediate :  Chief Secretary, Home Secretary, District Magistrates, Director General and Inspector General of Police, Dy. Inspector General of equivalent rank, Supdt.  of Police and Superintendent of Police, Wireless. 

(b)       Immediate :  Deputy Secretary (Home), Sub-Divisional Magistrates, Under-Secretary (Home), Deputy Superintendent of Police and other Police Officers independent charge of Police Stations.

(c)       Ordinary and Crash :  All mentioned in Order 1991.

Note:- The above allocations have been framed for general application only.  Officers other than those mentioned can assign any priorities provided the situation warrants their use and they can justify their use subsequently.

            “S” Service             . .  For Wireless staff only.

 

SCRUTINY

 

1999.     (a)  The police wireless staff will bring to the notice of the originators any discrepancies noticed in the message originated and any misuse of priorities by originators.  This will be done in the form of observation slips (Form No.276) which will indicate the errors/misuse of priorities noticed.

 

  (b)  Except so far as messages with “S” priority are concerned, the above instructions do not affect those in Order 2001, in connection with the Wireless phone system, messages with priority “S” will not be affected by “WP” messages, as the former may have to be issued to convey the receipt of a “WP” message and instructions for its transmission.

 

(c)  Normally, all messages will be delivered to the addressee concerned immediately on their receipt at a station.  However, between 2200 hours and 1000 hours messages with “S”, “WP”, “OU” and “OP” priorities only will be delivered immediately, while those with “N” priorities will be delivered after 1000 hours.

 

DELIVER OF WIRELESS MESSAGES

2000.  At the Bangalore headquarters, wireless messages intended for officers near the police Wireless control room will be distributed by cycle messengers.  Messages meant for officers who are far away will be delivered by motor cycle messengers working in the branch.  Superintendents of districts will provide messengers at all fixed police wireless stations functioning in their jurisdictions for promote delivery of messages.  They will also provide messengers for mobile wireless stations installed in their jurisdiction.

 

WIRELESS PHONE SYSTEM

2001     (a)  Normally, messages should not be communicated by telephone to the operating staff for transmission over the wireless, as telephones are apt to cause phonetic errors and be unreliable from the security point of view.  The communication of messages over telephones will also result in the telephone at the wireless station being unnecessarily engaged.  However, messages may be conveyed over telephone in emergencies.  For this purpose, a system known as the “Wireless Phone System” has been introduced. Briefly the system is an under:-

 

            (b)  The originator dictates the message by telephone to the Wireless Operator of the nearest wireless station and also sends the same in the usual form, mentioning therein that it is a “W.P” message, which means that the originator is waiting for an immediate reply.  The operator receiving the message informs the control station and then the highest priority is given to such message, even by interrupting the communications that may be going on then.  The control station arranges to see that the station receiving such a message is able to contact the station required by asking all other stations to stop their communication and to keep a listening watch to resume work the “WP” message is cleared.  The operator of the station to which the message is transmitted, contacts the addressee on telephone and if he succeeds and gets a reply to the message, he transmits the same by wireless.  When the reply is received by the Station, which first sent the “WP” message the operator contacts the originator and communicates the reply on the telephone.  If the addressee is not contacted on the telephone number given or on any other number which might be given by the person-in-charge of the telephone, the operator will inform the originating station accordingly and the operator then informs the originator by telephone that the addressee was not available on any telephone number and that the message was left at the telephone number given.

 

TELEGRAPHIC ADDRESS

2002.  In all the messages, as far as possible, Telegraphic abbreviated addresses of the sender and the addressee should be used.

 

RECORDS TO BE MAINTAINED BY THE WIRELESS STATIONS

 

2003.   The following important registers will be maintained in the wireless stations.  In addition, files will be maintained by them separately for circulars on each subject, that is for instructions on the maintenance and operation of sets, wireless procedure, tour programmes, and other such matters.

 

      AT WIRELESS STATIONS.

(a)    In and out messages Register (Form Nos. 253 and 254).

(b)    Superior Officers’ Visiting Book (Form No.77).

(c)    Despatch Register (Form No.255).

(d)    Supervisors’ Visiting Book.

(e)    Duty Roster (Form No.277).

(f)     Government Property Register.

(g)    Attendance Register.

(h)    History sheets for batteries, battery chargers, Cycles, clocks, etc., (Form No.258).

(i)      Tappal (Despatch) Book (Form No.255).

(j)      List of fixed Police Wireless stations in India (to be kept under lock and key).

(k)    Technicians’ Visiting Book (Form No.278).

(l)      Registers for petrol, oil, distilled water, etc., (Form No.259).

(m)  Wireless station log (Form No.264).

(n)    Any other registers, files and charts as ordered by the Superintendent of Police, Wireless from  time to time.

(o)    Inspection Note Register.

(p)    Standing Order File.

(q)    Zonal Supervisor’s Memo File.

 

 

FORMS

2004.    The following important forms are prescribed for maintenance in the Police Wireless.

Sl. No.

Name of the Form

Form No.

1

Out Message Register

254

2

In Message Register

253

3

Despatch Register

255

4

Expense Voucher

256

5

Battery Maintenance Log

257

6

History Sheet

258

7

P.O.L. Register (Separate Book for Petrol, Oil and D.W.)

259

8

Job Card

260

9

Message Form (Big)

261

10

Message Form (Small)

262

11

Delay Memo

263

12

Wireless Log

264

13

Message Form (Army)

265

14

Battery charging Log

266

15

Weekly Diary (Sis & Pis)

267

16

Condemnation Register

268

17

Equipment Defect report

269

18

Stores Indent

270

19

Traffic Return for the month of

271

20

Bin Card

272

21

Wireless Station Diary

273

22

Stores Issue Voucher/Receipt Voucher/ Packing Slip

274

23

Technical Stores Ledger

275

24

Monthly Diary of the Superintendent, Wireless.

13

25

Weekly Diary of the Deputy Superintendent of Police, Wireless.

13

26

Observation Slip

276

27

Duty Roster

277

28

Technicians visiting Book

278

 

* * * * *


CHAPTER  LI

 

KARNATAKA STATE POLICE TRANSPORT

 

Object:

2005. To facilitate quick movement of the police force and prompt and efficient performance of their duties especially in times of emergencies such as riots, disturbances, strikes, serious outbreak of crime, a certain number of motor vehicles of different types are provided to all districts including the Karnataka State Reserve Police Force.  A certain number of water-crafts are also provided to the coastal districts of Dakshina Kannada and Uttara Kannada.  Vehicles are alloted to sub divisions, Cirlces   and other units.            In order to provide mobility to the staff, most of the police stations are provided with jeeps.  

 

Superintendent, Police Motor Transport

2006.   For the effective administration of the police transport system in the State, the Director General is assisted by an officer of the rank of a Superintendent, designated as the Superintendent, Police Motor Transport, who is under the administrative control of Addl. Director General of Police, TTM.  He is the technical adviser to the Director General in matters relating to purchase, repairs, replacement and condemnation of motor vehicles.  He is in direct charge of the Police Motor Workshops in the State and is responsible for the proper maintenance of all police vehicles including watercrafts.  He should conduct periodical inspection of all motor vehicles, stores, workshops, M.T. Sections and test drivers, mechanics and others,  about their technical knowledge and proficiency.  He should give technical advice to the Superintendents of the District and ensure an efficient functioning of the motor transport system.

 

Organisation of the Police Motor Transport:

2007.   The Police motor Transport organisation consists of (i) Police motor transport section or sections in each district and unit and (ii) police motor transport work shops.     

Police Motor Transport Sections

2008     The Police motor vehicles as well as water-crafts, where such water-crafts exist, will be under the control of the officers as shown below:-  

 

1

All Police motor vehicles of the Bangalore City Police

DCsP, CAR for COP

2

All Police Motor vehicles of the CID

1 SP of CID nominated by DGP, COD, Training & Economic Offences.

3

All the Motor Vehicles of the State Intelligence

SP-Intelligence (Hqrs.)

4

Staff cars and other vehicles except those at Sl.Nos. 1, 2, 3, 11 and 12.

Superintendent , PMT

5

Police Motor Vehicles of the District Police

Superintendent of Police  of the district

6

Police motor vehicles of DAR, Channapatna

SP, Bangalore District.

7

Police motor vehicles of Police Wireless, Bangalore

Superintendent of Police,  Wireless, Bangalore

8

Police motor vehicles of  K P A  Karnataka

Director, KPA, Karnataka

9

Police motor vehicles of PTS  Channapatna

Principal PTS  Channapatna

10

Police motor vehicles of  KSRP, Bangalore

Commandants, KSRP Battalions.

11

Police motor vehicles of  Mounted Company, Karnataka

Commandant, Mtd. Coy., Karnataka

 

2009.  When vehicles are stationed at other places under special orders they will be under the control of the senior most officer of  that place.  

2010.    Each of the above concerned officers is responsible for the proper maintenance and upkeep of the police vehicles under his charge. For this purpose, he will personally inspect all the vehicles in his charge once a month.  He will nominate an officer  to be in direct  charge of the vehicles.  Where there is a Dy. Superintendent of Police/Reserve Inspector attached to the District Armed Reserve, he will be the officer-in-charge. In other units, an officer of the rank of Inspector will be nominated to be in charge of the vehicles.                 

The Superintendent of Police Motor Transport, will however exercise technical supervision over the transport system in the State.   

Types of Vehicles

2011.   The types of vehicles used in the department are broadly classified into the following categories :-     

1

HPV/HTV

Buses trucks, vans, horse float, Water Canals, etc.

2

MPV/MTV

Swaraj Mazda, Vans, Mini buses, etc.

3

LPV/LTV

Matadors, Station vagans etc.

4

LMV

Jeep, Cars (including B.P. cars), TATA Sumo etc.

5

MCs

Motor Cyels (including scooters  and mopeds)

           

In addition to the above, the police  motor transport workshop will have a mobile workshop van and a workshop  wrecker or  a recovery van.   

            The water-crafts consist of motor launches and dinghies.          

Scale of Vehicles          

2012.    Based on the area, crime, law and order and strength of the police force, the Director General will, subject to the orders of the Government, fix a scale of vehicles for each district and unit.     

Scale of Driving Staff

2013.   Each motor transport section will be provided with a staff at the following scale.  They shall  all be recruited under the Police Act and will be subject to rights and liabilities of a Police Officer.           

 

            (a) Civil Police(DAR)    

                        One H.C mechanic for every six motor vehicles

                        One H.C driver for every  van/truck/lorry /bus/car/light van/horse float/    

                        station wagon/matador.           

                        One P.C. driver for every jeep/gypsy/tata sumo   

                        Two P.C. riders for every motor cycle.

                        One P.C. cleaner for every 2 vehicles.          

            (b)  State Reserve Police (for 1 Battalion)

                        Havaldar M.T. to assist the P.I. M.T.                 1

                        Mechanics                                                        7                     

                        Havildar drivers                                                            35        

                        P.C. motor cycle riders                                         2         

Cleaners of the rank of P.Cs                                       18        

            (c) Launch Establishment (for each Launch)                      

            Launch driver                                                                1         

            Helmsman                                                                  1         

            Khalasi                                                                         3         

(for each Dinghi)           

            Driver                                                                           1         

            Khalasi                                                                           1         

The above scale may be varied by the Director General or the State Government, according to the exigencies.       

Officer-in-charge of the PMT Section

2014.  The duties of the officer-in-charge of the respective motor transport section are :     

            (i) to see that the vehicles are kept in tip-top condition at all times with the assistance of the Head Constable and  Mechanic, if any;     

            (ii) to supervise the work of mechanics, drivers and cleaners and scrutinise  all expenditure on account of the vehicles;          

            (iii) to ensure that the vehicles are kept greased, oiled cleaned and in perfect order and to bring any defects promptly to the notice of the Superintendent/Commandant/ Deputy Commissioner, as the case may be;       

            (iv) to inspect the vehicle every morning before it is sent out and check the petrol/diesel in tanks and  in the can and issue sufficient quantity of  petrol/diesel  and oil for the day at the time of deputing the vehicle for police duties;    

            (v) to inspect the vehicle and check the petrol/diesel  in the tank and in the can on return of the vehicles after each trip or at least at the end of the day;       

(vi) subject to such orders as may be issued from time to time by the Superintendent, Commandant, or  Deputy Commissioner, CAR as the case may be to allot vehicles on requisition from the police officers for purposes for which use of Government vehicle is permitted;        

            (vii) to arrange for prompt repairs of all police vehicles after obtaining competent sanction;

            (viii) to purchase spare parts for minor repairs after obtaining competent sanction and following the prescribed purchase procedure;       

            (ix) to maintain all the connected records relating to police vehicles, including fuel and lubricants;  

            (x) to be in-charge of motor parts and stores;

(xi) to see that all the motor vehicles are insured and are renewed every year before the expiry date.  Without insurance cover he shall not allow motor vehicles to be taken out.         

(xii) He should maintain a check post at  the MT Section gate and see that the Kilometer reading is entered while going out as also on return  in the check post register mentioning the date, time and name of the driver.  Driver of the vehicle shall initial the entries.

(xiii) He should see that log books are written daily and monthly abstract are put up to him before 5th of the succeeding month for perusal of Standard Rate of Consumption, etc.

(xiv) He should bring promptly to the notice of the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, CAR all cases of irregularity, indiscipline, misuse of vehicle, accidents etc., and      

(xv) He should to maintain a duty roster for mechanics, drivers and cleaners.  In the case of Police vehicles sanctioned in places other than the headquarters of the officer-in-charge, the Police Officer in whose immediate control the vehicle is placed will be responsible for performing the duties of the officer-in-charge, except that repairs, purchase, etc., will be done by the officer in charge who will periodically inspect such vehicles. 

Duties of H.C. Mechanics

2015. H.C. mechanic will work as technical assistant to the officer-in-charge.  His duties are

            (1) to check the vehicles every day for their tip-top condition;    

            (2) to attend to minor repairs which can be carried out by him;       

(3)    to keep and maintain all tools and equipment given to his charge in proper condition;  

(4)    to report the major defects in the vehicles ;    

(5)    to assist the officer-in-charge in maintaining registers and other connected records;   

(6)    to carry out such other duties as may be assigned to him by the officer-in-charge; and

(7)    to give instructions to drivers and trainees in  driving,  cleaning and maintenance duties whenever required so that vehicles may be driven correctly and kept in tip-top condition.  

Duties of Drivers           

2016.   (1) Each vehicle will be in the immediate charge of a driver of the rank of H.C. Havildar  or PC as the case may be.  The driver will be personally responsible for the proper and efficient running condition of the vehicle entrusted to his charge and for the supervision of the cleaner’s  work.  Every driver should have a valid driving licence. 

            (2)  The driver should always be available for duty.  He should work for such hours as may be necessary.  He should not leave the lines without  the permission of the officer-in-charge.        

(3) When present in headquarters, he will attend morning parades daily unless he had been  out on duty later than 10 p.m. the previous day.    

(4) He is held responsible for the maintenance of the log books of the vehicle and  to  account for the consumption of oil, petrol and grease.  Any wastage or unusual consumption should be accounted for by him to the officer-in-charge of the vehicles.          

(5) Before starting  the vehicle, he shall carefully examine and see if the vehicle is in running order and properly equipped.

(6) The driver may carry out minor repairs and adjustments under instructions from the H.C. Mechanic.        

(7)  He will not ordinarily make a journey alone.  He will take with him a cleaner if one is available.  This will not, however, apply to staff cars, jeeps,  station wagons, tata sumos and motor cycles.  He should always be in uniform  while on duty except while driving motor vehicles of the Intelligence Branch and the Criminal Investigation Department and hold a current driving licence for the type of vehicle driven by him.                        

(8) He should carry the registration certificate and other  documents as required under the M.V. Act and Rules as well as the log book.               

(9) When the vehicle is ordered to be taken out, the ignition key will be handed over to the driver.  When the vehicle is not running or is parked,  the ignition key should be taken out and kept by the driver.                                                        

(10) The driver or cleaner or in their absence, a constable should invariably be near the vehicle when it is stationed and is not parked in a covered secured garage.

(11) In the event of any accident or breakdown in the course of journey, the driver  will immediately communicate information to the nearest Police Station and will apply for any assistance required to get the vehicle back to headquarters.                       

(12)  Any accident resulting in damage to any other vehicle or injury to any person or animal should be similarly reported to the Station House Officer of the nearest Police Station.

(13) The driver will render first aid to the injured person or persons, if any, and also give immediate assistance  for rendering medical help to them.   

(14) He  will also report the matter at once to the officer-in-charge giving full particulars of the damage or defect and its cause.  

(15) He  will be held responsible for any damage to the vehicle or loss of any component parts.   

(16) He is responsible to see that the police vehicle given to  his charge is  not driven by any other person than the one authorised.       

(17) If the Kilometerage meter does not function, the driver shall not drive the vehicle unless the officer to whom the vehicle is allotted explains the circumstances in which he had to use the vehicle, although the Kilometerage meter stopped functioning.

(18) Drivers of the vehicles of the Police Department will be provided with driving licences at the cost of the Government.

Duties of Cleaners

2017.   (1)  The cleaner should  always be available for duty.  He should work for such hours as may be necessary.  He should not leave the lines without the permission of the officer-in-charge.        

            (2) When present in headquarters, he will attend morning  parades daily unless he had been out on duty later than 10 p.m. the previous day.    

            (3) The cleaner under the supervision of the driver is responsible   for  the maintenance of the vehicle in a clean condition and will assist the driver in carrying out minor repairs and adjustments.  He will, when ordered accompany the driver whenever the vehicle is taken out.         

Duties of the Crew of the Launches and Dinghies

2018 . (I) Launch           

(1) Driver- To start  and stop engine and manipulate gears as required by helmsman.  He is responsible for the care, maintenance and servicing of the engine  and all mechanical appliances and auxiliaries  and shall maintain the log and other records.  He shall also arrange to post a watch by one or two members of the crew on board at all times.  

(2) Helmsman : To steer  and pilot the craft and look after the daily cleaning and maintenance and painting of the craft and control of khalasis.  He shall be responsible for keeping all the accessories in good condition and storage, to anchor or tie up the launch satisfactorily in a safe place and see that all safety precautions are taken  for the upkeep of the launch. 

(3) Second Driver :- Shall  assist the driver-in-charge and officiate for him in his absence or relieve him whenever required.          

(4)   KhalasisTo carry out all the duties as lawfully assigned by the helmsman or driver.  

            (ii) Dinghies : 

            (1)      Driver :  Shall carry out the combined duties of driver-in-charge and helmsman in the maintenance, running and storage, as specified for launches.   

(2)   Khalasi Shall carry out all duties assigned by the driver.  

Police Motor Transport Workshop

2019.   (1) There are two police motor transport workshops in the State, one at Belgaum and another at Bangalore.  Regional Workshops may also be established at such other places as the Government may sanction from time to time.                

(1)    Belgaum – The Belgaum workshop is in charge of an Inspector, P.M.T., with necessary technical staff such as fitters, mechanics and undertake major and minor repairs of all types of vehicles.  It also undertakes the body building of motor vehicles of the department and is equipped with necessary machines, jigs and tools.  It will be under the administrative control of the Superintendent, Police Motor Transport.

(2)    Bangalore – The Bangalore workshop is in charge of an Inspector, P.M.T with necessary staff and will be under the administrative control of the Superintendent, P.M.T.  Its functions are to maintain and undertake such major and minor repairs as are possible, of not only police vehicles in Bangalore City but also others in the nearby districts.

(3)    A mobile workshop van fitted with equipment and manned by technicians is attached to each workshop.  This mobile workshop tours the various districts within the area assigned to it at frequent/regular intervals and repairs vehicles on the site.  Second line repairs are carried out by the mobile workshop.  Repairs to water-crafts are carried out at the site by this mobile van.          

Purchase of Motor Vehicles

2020.   The purchase of motor vehicles either for replacement of unserviceable motor vehicles or for additional vehicles for the department, requires the sanction of Government.  All purchases of vehicles will be made by the Director-General  through Additional Director General of Police, TTM according to purchase rules.  Payment for purchase of motor vehicles will be arranged by the Director General whereas payment towards cost of materials, etc., required for body building and repairs in the workshop will be made by the Superintendent, Police Motor Transport, direct out of the funds allotted to him.                 

Condemnation and Replacement

2021.   (1) Regarding the condemnation of the off-road and irreparable motor vehicles the Government has empowered the Heads of the Departments to issue orders for condemnation after following the prescribed procedure (Circular No.DPAR 306 Si Va Ni 93 dated 18-01-94).

          (2) Normally vehicles will be considered for condemnation after they have run for over 15 years and satisfied the above conditions.

           (3) A vehicle should not be considered for condemnation unless it has undergone two major overhauls and three minor overhauls and has run the prescribed KMs after the last overhaul.  After this period the vehicle may be reconditioned for further service if the total expenditure on earlier repairs/overhauls including estimated expenditure on present repairs of the vehicle does not exceed the present replacement cost of the vehicle.

             (4) At the end of  October each  year, the Superintendent, Commandant or the Commissioner, as the case may be, will present for inspection all police motor vehicles under their charge by either the Motor Vehicle Inspector of the State Transport Department. The Superintendents, Commandant, and the Commissioner will forward a list of motor vehicles which have become unserviceable and require to be replaced, furnishing the following particulars.       

            (1) Serial number .             

            (2) Reg. No. of the vehicle 

            (3) Make and type of the vehicle   

            (4) Year of manufacture.    

            (5) Date of purchase of the vehicle 

            (6) Original cost of the vehicle, including the cost of body building,                       

            (7) Expenditure incurred on repairs to the vehicles during its entire life.                

            (8) Date and cost of last repairs   

            (9) Total mileage done during its entire life.                    

            (10) Opinion of the Motor Vehicle Inspector upon inspection of the proposed vehicle for condemnation.                          

            (11) Remarks of the Superintendent/Commandant/Unit Officers

            (12) Remarks of the Range Inspector General /Commissioner.            

             Separate statement should be sent in respect of each vehicle.                

             The Superintendent, PMT will examine the recommendations of the Superintendents,  Commandants, Commissioners and Unit Officers and furnish his specific opinion to the Director  General in respect of each vehicle.  Thereafter, the Director General as Head of the Department will order the condemnation of unserviceable vehicles.

 

Disposal of Condemned Vehicles         

 2022.     (a)  The Unit Officers will conduct public auction to sell the condemned vehicles by following the procedure prescribed in this behalf and send a report in a name cover to Additional Director General of Police, TTM intimating the highest bid and the value fixed by the RTO in respect of each vehicle so that the order of the Director General will be issued for the final disposal of the vehicle.  The Director General will issue the final disposal order on the recommendations of the Addl. Director General of Police, TTM.

(b) The sale proceeds of the vehicle should be credited to the treasury under  receipts ‘055 Police, 5 other Receipts’, and that of sales tax to the appropriate treasury head.  

            (c) The details of challan  number, date of credit and name of the treasury, etc., should be reported to the Addl. DG of Police, TTM.                            

Body Building on Chassis

2023.   (1) The bodies of the police motor vehicles will be constructed  according to specifications and designs suggested by the Superintendent, Police Motor Transport, and approved by the Director-General.  The bodies will be painted in royal blue on the outside and light gray on the inside.  This will not, however, apply to staff cars and station wagons which will be in white.

            (2) The body building work will ordinarily be carried out in the PMT workshop itself, the materials required for the purpose being purchased according to purchase rules. 

Registration    

2024.   The allotment of new vehicles will be made by the Director General.  On such allotment, the Superintendent/Commandant/Commissioner/Unit Officers, as the case may be,  should take immediate action to have the vehicle registered in his official designation without  which  the vehicle should not be used.                           

Insurance       

2025.   (a) All Police motor vehicles should be insured  with the Karnataka  Government Insurance Department(Motor Branch) for third party risk only.                

            (b) The Superintendent/Commandant/Commissioner/Unit Officer, as the case may be, is responsible to see that the insurance policy is obtained and kept current and the ‘No claim bonus’ and other concessions allowed  by the Insurance Department for keeping the policy in force are fully availed of.                   

(c) Payment for insurance premia shall be made from the office contingencies.               (d) No police vehicle should be put on the road without requisite insurance cover.  

Maintenance

2026.   The life and serviceability of a vehicle depend upon its proper and efficient maintenance.  All officers to whom the vehicles of the department are allowed should bestow their utmost attention to the proper maintenance of the vehicles.  Apart from the daily inspection of the vehicles by the officer-in-charge, the following points should also be borne in mind:                                       

(1)  The vehicle should be driven by the regular driver or cleaner when specially authorised  by the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, CAR as the case may be.  No person other than the regular driver or a specially authorised cleaner will drive it except with the express permission of the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, CAR as the case may be, nor will any authorised person be carried in the vehicle;                        

(2) The vehicle should be checked by the driver and the mechanic where there is one, before it is sent out on duty, for road worthiness;                  

(3) The vehicles should be cleaned daily.  The washing of the vehicles will be done on the platform outside, but not inside the garage;            

(4) The undersides of all mudguards and the engine tray should be cleaned regularly.  The underbody and chassis should also be cleaned regularly.  The tie-rods, brake-rods and all exposed moving joints should be touched up once on a week with a mixture of kerosene and engine oil;        

(4) Lubrication should be carried out once a week;

(5) The engine should be periodically decarbonised;

(6) The battery should be examined weekly and distilled water added when necessary.  The level should never be allowed to fall below the level of the top of  the plates.  The battery terminals should be greased;

(7) The tyres should be maintained at the correct pressure recommended by the makes for the different types of vehicles;

(8) The driver of the vehicle should always carry a serviceable spare tyre and tube ready for substitution as well as complete repair outfit whenever the vehicle is taken out.  list of items of outfit, which should be maintained and carried in the vehicle is given below:-

1

Hammer medium

1

2

Screw driver large

1

3

Brush engine cleaning

1

4

Oil can

1

5

Tyre pressure guage

1

6

Lubricating gun

1

7

Jack Complete

1

8

Tape insulating roll

1

9

Lever tyre

2

10

Pliers

1

11

Screw driver small

1

12

Tyre valve tool

1

13

Handle wheel nut wrench

1

14

Range of spanner set of 6

1 set

15

Wheel nut wrench

1

16

Padlocks with keys

2

17

Starting handle

1

18

Petrol can for water

1

19

Box tool kit

1

20

Wrench adjusting

1

21

Air line (if supplied)

1

22

Block wood for jack

1

23

Vehicle log book

1

24

Fuel indent book

1

 

            (10) Should a tyre be punctured or changed with the spare, a note or the fact with the milometer reading will be made at once in the logbook and other records.  The tyres should be examined daily for cuts and for foreign bodies and nails, which may be embedded in the outer cover and likely to work through and cause punctures.  When vulcanization is necessary, a report must be at once to the Reserve Inspector who will immediately attend to the matter;

            (11) Immediately on return from a trip, the vehicle should be properly cleaned by the driver and cleaner and left in the garage under lock and key;

            (12) When a vehicle is not on duty or is being cleaned, it will be kept in the garage, which will be locked;

            (13) One key of the garage should be with the officer-in-charge of the Reserve and the second key with the orderly Reserve Sub-Inspector.  The key will be issued to the driver under acknowledgement;

(14) No work should be done in the garage between sunset and sunrise except under the special order of the officer-in-charge of the vehicles;

(15) No naked lights should be allowed in the garage at any time and smoking when at work on the vehicles or in the garage, is strictly forbidden;

(16) Before the vehicle is taken out in the morning, the kilometer reading shall be noted and the petrol in the tank measured.  The tank should always be kept half-full.  It should be refilled whenever the contents fall to less than half its capacity.  The oil level should be checked and necessary oil added to keep the engine set up at full level.  The kilometer trip recorder shall be set at zero;

 (17) The kilometer reading should again be taken when the vehicle is garaged in the evening;

(18) The dily readings of the kilometer shall be checked by the officer-in-charge of the vehicles.  The officer-in-charge and the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, C.A.R., as the case may be, are responsible to see that kilometers are got repaired immediately they go out of order;

(19) The vehicle should not be driven faster than the speed limit shown below, except in the gravest emergency, and then, only under special orders from the senior officer in the vehicle;

Sl. No.

Type of Vehicle

Maximum speed limit

1

1-10 ton Vans/Trucks

40 K.M. per hour

2

Mini bus/Metador and other light vehicles except Jeeps and Cars.

50 K.M. per hour

3

Jeeps

60 K.M. per hour

4

Staff cars

70 K.M. per hour

5

Motor Cycles

50 K.M. per hour

 

(20) These speed limits are the maximum fixed for open roads.  Drivers should, however, conform to the speed limits fixed under the M.V. Act and Rules in any given locality;

(21) Whenever a vehicle is not used continuously for 7 days, it should be taken out and run for 30-40 Kms and  such trips noted as maintenance trips.

 

Petrol, Oil and Lubricants

2027. (i) Purchase of Petrol/Diesel for use of departmental motor vehicles should be made from petrol bunks located nearest to the place of location of the vehicles.

            (ii) In cases where petrol pumps are operated by the police department, the requirements of petrol/diesel should be drawn from the departmental pump.

            (iii) Advantage of highest rates of rebate, if any, allowed, should always be availed of when petrol/diesel is drawn from  local dealers.

            (iv) Indents in Form No.287 should invariably be used while obtaining supplies of petrol/diesel and oil, duly signed by the Superintendent, Commandant or the Deputy Commissioner, C.A.R., as the case may be.    

            (v) All purchases of petrol/diesel and oil whether on indent or otherwise, should invariably be entered in the logbook.

            (vi) In units where there are a large number of motor vehicles, engine oil for the  use of the vehicles may, with advantage, be purchased in bulk from the firms with whom the Stores Purchase Department or the Director General of Supplies and Disposals, have entered into rate contract or those selling at competitive rates.

(vii) When such purchases are made in bulk, proper account of receipt and issue to each vehicle should be maintained and proportionate expenditure debited to the vehicle concerned while calculating monthly expenditure.  The incident of loss due to evaporation should be worked out each month and competent sanction obtained promptly during the succeeding month.  Unit Officers controlling departmental bunks should take necessary precautionary measures to keep the incidence of evaporation at the barest minimum.

(viii) When petrol is drawn at the petrol pumps operated by the department by any unit of the department the cost of the same will be met from the funds at the disposal of the unit officer under whom the pump is operated, and only the cost intimated to the unit concerned for note in the concerned records.

 

 

Tyres and Tubes

2028.   (1) Tyres form an important part of the vehicle.  They should be maintained in good condition and checked before taking out a vehicle.

(2) Every tyre is given the company’s serial number which should invariably be noted in the log book and other concerned records.

(3) Tyre should not be changed from one vehicle to the other without specific written instructions from the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, C.A.R./Unit Officer as the case may be.  All changes of tyres when so authorised and done, should immediately be noted in the logbook and other concerned records.  The number of miles already done by such tyres will also be noted.

(4) The tyres should be periodically inspected and as far as possible, the tyres should be got retreaded well in time.  The retreading of the same tyre could be got done twice or thrice.

(5) The cost of retreading is treated as an item of repair, and the expenditure may be sanctioned by the Superintendent, Commandant or Commissioner/Unit Officer as the case may be.

(6) Where retreading is not possible, tyre may be condemned after a personal inspection by the Commissiioner, Inspector General of the  Range, Superintendent or Commandant, Unit Officer as the case may be, and a new tyre purchased.

(7) Where a tyre and tube have done the priscribed milage, the condemnation and replacement can be sanctioned by the Commissioner, Inspector General of the Range, Superintendent or Commandant/Unit Officer, as the case may be.  In other cases, sanction of Government is necessary.

(8) With a view to ensuring long service and durability of the tyres and tubes, the following instructions should be strictly followed:-

(i)                 the vehicles should not be parked in the hot sun without shelter.

(ii)                Overloading of vehicles should be avoided.

(iii)              The crack on the tyres and the punctures of the tubes should be repaired and vulcanised promptly.

(iv)              The vehicles should be driven at normal speed.

(v)               The vehicle should be started gradually and while stopping, it should be slowed down and stopped.

(vi)              Brakes should be applied only when necessary and gradually.

(vii)            The vehicle should be driven slowly while negotiating curves; corners and traffic islands.

(viii)           The wheel alignment should be checked and corrected, if necessary as it causes uneven wear and affects petrol consumption.

(ix)              The tyre positions should be changed regularly after 4,000 Kms or earlier, if necessary.  The tyres should be changed diagonally.

(x)               Every time the tyres are changed and after the monsoon, the tyres should be removed and the rims should be cleaned with sand paper, painted and dressed with French chalk before the tyres and tubes are refitted.

(xi)              Action should be taken well in advance to get the tyres retreaded.

(xii)            When a tyre is worn out and the canvas is just about to appear, immediate action should be taken to get the tyre  retrreaded to ensure better mileage.

Repairs

2029.    (1)  Whenever any defect is noticed in the working of a police vehicle, the officer-in-charge of the vehicle, should immediately get the vehicle examined by the M.T. mechanic of the district, and if the defect is very minor and could be rectified without any need for replacement of the parts, it should be got done immediately and a report of the defects noticed, action taken and the expenditure involved together with the bill of cost sent to the district police office for necessary sanction and arranging payment.

(2) In case a vehicle is in  need of replacement of parts due to long wear and  tear or other justifiable reasons, the opinion of the local workshop should be got as to the parts to be replaced and the cost thereof.           

 

(3) Where replacement proposed is substantial, the opinion of the M.V. Inspector would be obtained and competitive quotations from reputed firms obtained.  The repairs should only be got executed after obtaining the sanction of the competent authority.

            (4) Under no circumstances, should the engine be split open to obtain an opinion without the approval of the Superintendent, Police Motor Transport or an officer authorised by him.

            (5) Whenever major repairs are required to be made, the opinion of the M. V. Inspector  should be obtained and the possibility of getting the vehicle repaired in the departmental workshop considered before entrusting the work to private firms.

            (6) When major repairs are proposed for a vehicle, full details of the date of purchase of the vehicle, the mileage done, the date and cost of last repairs, should invariably accompany the proposals.

            (7) Whenever repairs are got executed in the departmental workshop, all expenditure on purchase of spare parts, etc., will be paid for from the funds placed at the disposal of the Superintendent, Belgaum, or the Commissioner, Bangalore, as the case may be, and the details of the expenditure will be sent to the Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy Commissioner, C.A.R./Unit Officer as the case may be, for note in the concerned records.

            (8) (i) The financial powers of departmental officers in respect of repairs as per G.O. No. FD7 1 TFP 91, dated 16-9-1991 are as follows:-

Sl. No.

Designation of the Official

Description of powers

Major overhaul

Minor overhaul

Petty repairs

1

Head of the Department.

Full Powers

Full powers

Full powers

2

Divisional level officers.

Rs.6000/- per heavy vehicle and Rs.3000/- per light vehicle each time.

Rs.4000/- per heavy vehicle and Rs.2500/- per light vehicle each time.

Rs.5000/- per annum per heavy vehicle and Rs.3000/- P.A., per light vehicle.

3

District level officers.

Rs.3000/- per heavy vehicle and Rs.2000/- per light vehicle each time.

Rs.2000/- per heavy vehicle and Rs.1000/- per light vehi-cle each time.

Rs. 2000/- per annum per heavy vehicle and Rs.1500/- P.A per light vehicle.

4.

Declaration of Officers to exercise common financial powers in Government Order No. FD 3 TFP 80, Dated 29.04.1981.

(1)

 Divisional level officers.

1.       Inspectors General  of Police of Ranges  & DIGs including those at Headquarters.

2.       Director K.P.A.

(2)

 District level officers.

1.       Asst. Inspector General of Police.

2.       Superintendents of Police  of Districts.

3.       Principal , KSPTS.

4.       Dy. Commissioners and other officers of S.P. Rank.

5.       Commandants, K.S.R.P.

6.       Commandant, Mounted Company, Mysore.

            (ii) Mileage/Kilometerage for overhauling under Rule 40-A-3(b) and (c) of M C E 1958 as amended in  by Government of   Karnataka  in Notification  No.FD 10 TCE 93, dated 21.09.95.

Nature   of  overhaul

Prescribed Meterage

Type of Vehicle

Relaxable limit

Major overhaul

1,28,000 Kms.

Heavy vehicle

         20 %

   96,000 Kms.

Light vehicle

         20 %

Minor overhaul

64,000 Kms.

Heavy vehicle

         50 %

50,000 Kms.

Light vehicle

         50 %

            (iii) Classification of vehicles as per G.O.No. FD 10 TCE 93 dated 21.09.1995.

            Vehicles having 16 H.P. and above are classified as Heavy Vehicles.  Others are treated as light vehicles.

            (iv) Re-treading of Tyres as per rule M.C.e. 55 (40) – order No. FD 10 TCE 93, dated 21.09.1995.

Types of Vehicles

Renewal of Tyres and Tubes or retreading

1st Retreaded tyres

2nd  Retreaded Tyres

Cars

28,000 Kms.

16,000 Kms.

12,000 Kms.

Jeeps and Vans

25,000 Kms.

15,000 Kms.

10,000 Kms.

Lorries

24,000 Kms.

12,000 Kms.

10,000 Kms.

Buses

33,000 Kms.

24,000 Kms.

16,000 Kms.

M/C

20,000 Kms.

10,000 Kms.

-

Note:- (1) As per Government Order Head of the Department can relax up to 10%.

            (2) The officers who have the powers to replace tyres and tubes and to get them retreaded will also have the powers to purchase Stepney, Tyre, Tube with Flap for the vehicle as per the G.O.

               (v) BATTERIES :  (1) Officers in charge of vehicles may replace the worn out batteries, subject to the condition that such purchases are got ratified by the head of the department.  Such purchases should invariably be made from the firms recognised by the S.P.D., as per G.O. No. FD 6 TCE 87, dated 15.12.1992.

            (vi) Purchase of Tools as per G.O. No. HD 440 PEG 81, dated 01.10.1981.

(1). Description of Powers

DGP/COP and K.S.R.P.

/D.I.G.P. Ranges and others including H.Qrs.

SPs., DCPs., Commandants and other equivalent ranks Director, K P A. Mysore and Principal, KSPTS, Channapatna.

To sanction purchase of tools, Machinary and equipments required for Motor Body Building and repairs in departmental Workshops.

Rs.10000/- P.A. in respect of PCMT Workshop, Belgaum.

Rs.7500/= per annum in respect of CAR workshop, Bangalore.

R.5000/= per annum in respect of MT Section of each Dist.

Upto Rs.500/- each time and Rs.3000/- per annum.

Rs. 200/- each time Rs.1000/- P.A.

Band and Fatigue duty instruments

Rs.2500/- P.A. per unit.

Rs.1000/- P.A. per unit.

Rs.500/- P.A. per unit.

 

            (vii) Waive of Evaporation loss of Petrol in departmental Bunks as per Government Order No.HD 226 REC 69, dated 28.01.1970.

            Head of the Department upto                  1.50%

            Divisional level officers upto                  1.00%

            Supdts. of Police upto                            0.75%

Petty repairs to Motor Launches and Dinghies as per Government Order No. HD 343 REC 75, Dated 03.02.1976.

                                                            Launches                                Dinghies/Boats

            Supdts. of Police,                      Rs.250/- each time                    Rs.75/- each time

            D.K. M’lore and                    Rs.1000/- P.A.                          Rs.300/- P.A.

 U.K. Karwar.

            (viii) As per Government Order No. HD 144 REC 74 Dated 04.04.75.

1. Dy. Inspector General of Police               . .             Rs.500/- for small Boats

2. Inspector General of Police . . Rs.3000/- P.A. per boat/Launch

 

            (ix) Condemnation of Unserviceable Spare parts and Unserviceable vehicles before final disposal of unserviceable spare parts.  The Unserviceable spare parts should be got inspected by I.M.V. and certified that they are not useful, any further and is condemned.

Condemnation of Unserviceable Spare parts as per Government Order No. HD 127 PEG 75, dated 30.07.1975.

1. Head of the Department                   . .             Full powers.

2. Dy. Inspectors General of Police   . .             Rs.5000/= each time unit/district.

3. Supdts. of Police                           . .             Rs.100/- each time each unit

                                                                        Rs.500/- per annum.

Condemnation of Tyres, Tubes and Flaps:-

1) Head of the Department               . . Full powers allowing relaxation of 15% to the prescribed metreage for condemnation.

2) Dy. Inspector General of Police   . .            Full powers when prescribed metreage done.

3) Supdts. of Police                           . .             Full powers when prescribed metreage done.

(x)   Standard rate of consumption of fuels has to be fixed as follows:

                  (i)  After purchase or overhaul every vehicle should be examined by the Officers incharge as to the number of kilometers it gives per litre of petrol or diesel after an initial run of 1000 KMs in case of four-wheelers and  250 K.Ms  in case of two-wheelers, and that fact should be recorded in the log book of the vehicle under attestation.  The rate of consumption so recorded shall be treated as the standard rate of consumption and that rate will hold good till it is revised.

              (ii)  The recorded rate of consumption should be revised by the concerned Officer once a year or earlier if the condition of the vehicle warrants it, or if the circumstances in which  the rate of consumption so fixed have changed.  The controlling officer may also at his discretion get the fuel consumption of any vehicle examined and have it recorded in the log book (Notification No.FD 10 TCE 93 dated 21.9.95).

 

Registers

2030     The following registers will be maintained by the officer-in-charge of the vehicle in each district or unit as the case may be:

            (1) Register of Motor Vehicles in Form No.279.

            (2) Register showing the expenditure incurred on the maintenance of each of the vehicles in Form No. 280.

            (3) Register showing the several items of expenditure on motor vehicles in Form No.281.

(4)    Register showing a list of tools and articles of outfit supplied to each vehicle in

Form No. 282.

            (5) Register of condemned articles in Form No. 283.

            (6) Attendance Register in Form No. 284.

(8)    Register showing the progressive expenditure on petrol and oil in

Form No. 285.

Instructions for Maintenance of Registers

2031. (1) Register of Motor Vehicles in Form No.279.  The form is self-explanatory.

          (2) Register of monthly expenditure on each vehicle in Form No.280.

           The details of all expenditure incurred every month on the maintenance of each vehicle will be entered in this register.  Sufficient number of pages will be set apart for each vehicle and the expenditure incurred under several items during the month will be entered.

            The total expenditure for each half-year should be struck in red-ink.

            (3) Register of Expenditure in Form No.281.

            This register will contain progressive expenditure on motor vehicles under all heads.  The entries in this register should be made promptly and properly as they form the basis for verification of claims for settlement.

            (4) Register of Tools in Form No.282.

            This register will show the list of tools and outfit supplied to vehicles.  Sufficient number of pages will be allotted for each vehicle in the register.

            (5) Register of Condemned Tools, Spare Parts and other Articles in Form No.283.

            All articles condemned on replacement, should be entered in this register and the details of disposals recorded therein.

            The condemned articles should be disposed of in public auction once a year and the proceeds credited to “055 Police 5 other receipts”.

            (6) Attendance Register in Form No.284.

(i) The officer-in-charge of the vehicles will maintain an attendance register in  

     Form No. 284.

(ii) (a) When the vehicles is fit, it must be marked ‘F’.

                 (b) When it is unfit, it must be marked ’S’ (sick).

                 (c) When the vehicle goes on duty, it must be marked (OD).

            The above markings should be made day-to-day.

Procedure for Payment of Supplies and Repairs for Maintenance of Vehicles.

2032. (1) All claims on account of expenditure on motor vehicles should be dealt with in the same manner as contingent bills for supplies and services, the expenditure being debited to the head “255 police 6 D.P.F. III Police Motor Transport 3 M.V.S.”.

            (2) All claims should be preferred on a ‘Detailed Contingent Bill Payable at Treasury’ form.

            (3) All charges should be paid as expeditiously as possible and where the amounts are not paid from the permanent advance, the D.C. Bill may be endorsed in favour of the party, and the bills delivered to the party with instructions to present them to the treasury and receive payment without delay.

            (4) If the firm supplying the stores is located outside the district, Bank drafts should be obtained and sent.

            (5) It is the responsibility of the Superintendent, Commandant and Commissioner, to see that bills for charges relating to purchases made, are obtained promptly and payment arranged with the least possible delay.

            (6) Monthly bills on account of charges relating to petrol and oil should be accompanied by statement in Form No.285 indicating the progress of expenditure to ensure that the limits prescribed are not exceeded.

            (7) In the case of purchase of spare parts and accessories, etc., bills should be prepared as soon as such purchases are made.

            (8) In respect of repairs to the motor vehicles, whenever possible, a guarantee of satisfactory service for a specified period should be obtained from the firm so that any defects noticed within the period of guarantee could be got rectified without any additional expenses to Government.    

            (9) A certificate that the repairs have been executed satisfactorily should be recorded on the bill containing such claims.

Logbook

2033.     (i) A  log  book should be maintained   for each vehicle in Form No.286 consisting of three parts Part I, Part II and Part III.  The Book will be in the custody of the driver.

          (ii) In Part I, the details of all journeys, performed as well as purchase of petrol, oil or grease should be entered.  In Parts II and III, all servicing, repairs. Purchase of accessories and spare parts, should be entered under the respective headings.

          (iii) Whenever a journey is performed, the officer travelling in the vehicle should  make all relevant entries in the register.

           (iv)   The kilometer reading at the time of starting and at the close of the journey, with time, should invariably be recorded clearly detailing the purpose of use.

           (v) When several officers travel in the vehicle, the senior-most officer should make the entries and attest the same.

           (vi) The entries should be reviewed  by the end of the month and the total of all relevant columns struck.

           (vii) The Superintendent, Commandant or Deputy. Commissioner, C.A.R., as the case may be, should scrutinise the register at least once a  month and see that entries are made promptly.  

Use of Police Vehicles

2034.   The purpose  for which the several types of vehicles may be used by the departmental officers, are enumerated below :-           

I. Staff Cars    

            Staff cars may be used by the Director General/ADG/IGP for –

            (1)  escorting  and piloting distinguished visitors, foreign dignitaries and VIPs

             (2) Official work in the headquarters or outside such as surprise visits to police officers, police stations and outposts, etc., surprise checks, inspection, visitation to places of disturbances and scenes of crime and any  emergent purpose; and

             (3) Any other official duties at or outside the headquarters at the discretion of the Director General. 

             Staff cars also be used by the Deputy Inspector General for -   

             (1) Official use, surprise visits to police offices station or outposts surprise checks, visitations of scene of grave crime and  other emergencies when the vehicle is not required for pilot and escort duties; and       

             (2)  any other official duties as may be necessary under the special orders of the Director General.           

Staff cars may also be used by the Superintendent of police and officers of that status for-

            (a) Official use, surprise visits of police stations or outposts surprise checks visitations of scene  of grave crime and other emergencies when the car is not required for pilot and escort duties for transport of high officials of  dignitaries of the State or States or of the Government of India when they visit the State and for use of senior police officers.           

            (b) Any other official duties as may be necessary under special orders of the Director General of Police. 

II.   Buses/matadors and other  similar vehicles

            The Station Wagons at Bangalore may be used for -

            (a) transporting police officers in connection with special duties; and       

            (b) for other duties as ordered by the Director General, Additional Director General,  Commissioner, Inspector General of Police, Deputy Inspector-General or Superintendent, as the case may be.       

III.    Jeeps     

            Jeeps may be used for -    

            (1) piloting and escorting VIPs and distinguished visitors in the absence of staff cars

            (2) proceeding to the scene of occurrence in heinous   and grave  crimes for purpose of investigation;

(3) supervision of road patrol arrangement in connection with special duties;

                  (4) patrolling for prevention of crime;    

            (5) surprise checks and  inspection and speed trap of motor vehicles, petition enquiry, etc;     

                 (6) visit of scene of motor accident, fire  or any other kind of accident; and

              (7) other police duties as ordered by the Commissioner, Superintendent or Commandant, as the case may be.

                          Maruti cars, Maruti gypsy, Tata Sumo and other vehicles also can be used for VIP  escort  and  pilot duties and other duties as specified by the DG & IG.  Tata Sumos are to be used for  patrolling  the  National Highways   and similar duties.

   Cranes- Cranes are used for road clearance.

 Ambulance- They are to be used for carrying persons injured during accidents, and in

                       other cases.

 

IV.  Police Vans/Trucks

            Police vans/trucks may be used by the departmental officers for the following purposes;

(1)    movement of police force to disturbed areas or places of congregation during jatras, fairs and festivals, etc.;

(2)    escort of treasure to and from bank and treasuries;

(3)    escort of prisoners to and from Jails and Lock-ups;

(4)    transport of armed guards for duties at  the lock-ups, banks and treasuries in the cities of Bangalore and Mysore and at other district headquarters, if the distance is more than 2 miles from the headquarters;

(5)    transport of police officers and men or conducting investigation of grave crime, gambling raids, etc. ;

(6)    transport of kit articles, stationery, and tear gas materials, stores, etc., from Chief Office stores to the district headquarters and from the district headquarters to the police stations and the outposts when necessary and from the Government stationery deport ;

(7)    transport of hay, grass, and other feed articles for the Mounted Company,   Mysore , from outside and for the Mounted Company  Detachment at Bangalore;

(8)    transport of Police Personnel for road lining and other special duties and  transport  of food, etc., for personnel employed on such duties;

(9)     patrolling of disturbed or crime-ridden areas in cities and other places;

(10) Transport of police personnel to the shooting range for periodical firing

        practice;

(11) patrol along the borders for prevention of smuggling of food-grains liquor, 

        narcotic drugs  etc.

(12) transport of band personnel to several places in the State on duty and

        attendance at public and other functions;

(13)  transport of police personnel for participation in recognised sports, athletics,

        cultural meet, duty meet, etc.,

(14)  transport of sick-persons to hospitals when they are unable to walk in out-of-

        the–way places where no public conveyance is available;

 

(15) transport of dead body of police personnel who die while on duty or at places

                   away from their headquarters or home town;

(16) transport of the members of the Home Guards Organisation for attending

       police duties at short notice or in emergencies or attending parades;

(17) transport of members of the Civilian Rifle Training Centres to shooting range

       and back; and

(18) for any other special purposes as per special orders of the Commandant,

       Superintendent,Commissioner,DeputyInspectorGeneral,Inspector General Addl.Director

       General or Director General.

 

V. Motor Cycles

 

Motor Cycles may be used for –

 

(1)    providing outriders in connection with pilot and escort of  V.I.Ps;

 

(2)    taking urgent tappals or messages at headquarters or for other places in the district and to the camp of the Superintendent when necessary;

 

(3)    despatch riding when sections  of the Armed Reserve are posted at different places in an emergency for conveying  messages between sections of the Armed Reserve;

 

(4)    checking  of traffic offences under the orders of the Deputy Commissioner Traffic and Superintendent, as the case may be, whenever necessary; and

 

(5)    any other purpose under the special orders of the Commissioner, Inspector General  Deputy Inspector General, Commandant or the Superintendent, as the case may be.

 

General

2035    (1) In case of emergency, other types of vehicles may also be used for duties other than those for which they are stipulated.

 

          (2) The police vehicles may be used for transport of high officials or dignitaries of the State or of the Government of India when they visit the State and also by the Ministers of the State, whenever necessary.

 

          (3) Police vehicles may be used for conveyance of officials going out on official duties whenever required.

 

         (4) No unauthorised  person should be permitted to travel in the departmental vehicle except for conveyance of Medical or Health Authorities in case of accidents or emergencies when medical aid is essential and also for the conveyance of sick and injured persons concerned in such accidents and emergencies.

 

        (5) Police vehicles may be used for any private or personal work of the officers on payment of hire chargers prescribed by the Government from time to time provided the vehicles can be spared without affecting the regular police duties.

 

         (6) Conveyance or consolidated allowance is not admissible for the day of use of police vehicle.

 

Accidents

2036   (i) Accident to motor vehicles, major or minor, should be reported to the Director                             General  immediately by a teleprinter/Fax/wireless  message.

 

   (ii) This report should be immediately followed by a detailed report.

 

(iii) Cases of accidents should be reported to the concerned jurisdictional police officers and investigated expeditiously.   The result of investigation should be promptly reported to the Director General.

 

 (iv) Enquiry should be held by the Superintendent, Commandant or  Commissioner/Unit Officers as the case may be, to examine the question of recovery of repair charge or otherwise from the concerned.

 

 (v) The vehicle should be got repaired promptly and expeditiously after following the procedure laid down  for carrying out repairs.

 

 (vi) Claims, if any, under insurance policies .should be promptly taken up.

 (vii) Motor Vehicle Act cases may also be promptly followed up with the Govt. Pleader to avoid exparte judgement.

 

Training of Drivers of the Police Department

2037      (A) In order to provide adequate and proper training in driving and maintenance of the motor vehicles to the drivers of the Police Department and in order to train the Officers who supervise the maintenance of vehicles, the Government have established a Central Police Driving and Maintenance School during the year 1976.  (GO No. HD 134 KAR 75 dated 29-4-76). (Appendix- XLI)

 

            (B) With the  objects mentioned above in view the following types of courses are being conducted  in the PDMS:

            1) Basic Training Course for four months.

            2) Advance Training Course for two months.

            3) Refresher Course for one month.

            4) Driving and Maintenance Course for Officers of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector and above for three months.

            5) Courses of short duration as directed and decided by the DGP, such as heavy vehicle driving course for 45 days, motor cycle riding course for one month for armed Police Constables, Electricians course for two months, fleet management course for one week.

 

2038    (I)  The PDMS is under the charge of an Officer of the rank of Superintendent of Police who works under the overall supervision of the Inspector General of Police, Training.  He is assisted by a Dy. Superintendent of Police, one Police Inspector as Senior Instructor and Sub Inspectors, Asst. Sub Inspectors as Junior Inspectors, Head Constables and Constables as Demonstrators and Helpers and the required number of ministerial staff.

 (ii) Vehicles

            The vehicles required for training and administration will be provided from the fleet already held by the Department.

 

 

(iii)  Control:

            The Inspector General of Police, Training will be responsible for the general control and supervision of the functioning of the School including formulation of training policies, periodical inspections and such other matters as may be directed by the Director General and Inspector General of Police.

 

(iv)      The details of the function and duties are in appendix (S.O. 709).  The syllabi for various courses are in (Appendix- XLII)

 

 

* * * * *


CHAPTER    LII

 

POLICE  COMMISSIONERATES

 

2039. There are three Police Commissionerates  established  in Karnataka State as follows :

 

                      1. Bangalore city Police Commissionerate

                    2.  Mysore City Police Commissionerate,    and

                    3.  Hubli-Dharwar City Police Commissionerate.

 

 

1.  BANGALORE CITY POLICE COMMISSIONERATE

 

2040.    (i) The jurisdiction of Bangalore city Police commissionerate covers an area of about 1200 sq. kms and a population of about Eight Lakhs.

 

            (ii) Bangalore city being the State Capital is the centre of  Political, social, commercial, cultural and other  activities.  The advent of multi-national  companies has accelerated the growth of the City.  The City has gained so much of importance that it attracts a continuous stream of VVIPS.  The fast growth of the City has been providing enormous job opportunities and as a result of this there a  heavy influx of population into this city.  As a result of this growth, problems also have  increased, the complexities of which demand attention at higher levels.  In view of this increase in problems and also  of the importance of Bangalore City, the Police Commissionerate is being headed by a senior Police officer of the rank of Additional Director General as  Police Commissioner.

 

            (iii) The Police commissioner is assisted by three Addl. Commissioners of Police who are of the rank of Deputy Inspector General and fifteen Deputy Commissioners of Police of the rank of  the Superintendent of Police.

 

            (iv) The territorial jurisdiction of Bangalore city is divided into five divisions, each headed by a Deputy Commissioner of Police. These officers function like the Superintendent of Police of the Districts in their respective jurisdiction. The territorial divisions are  - (a) East  (b)West  (c) North  (d) South and  (e) Central  Divisions.

 

            (v) Each division  is further divided into three sub-divisions and each sub-division has jurisdiction over 3 to 7 Police stations depending upon its area, population and problems.

 

2041.    The following are the territorial and functional Deputy Commissioners of Police incharge of the divisions as well as of various other areas of functioning and also of the City Armed Reserve.

           

Territorial

(1)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law & Order (Central)

(2)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law & Order (East)

(3)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law & Order (West)

(4)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law & Order (North)

(5) Deputy Commissioner of Police - Law & Order (South)

 
Functional

(1)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Administration 

(2)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Intelligence      

(3)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - VIP Security           

(4)   Deputy Commissioner of Police Ex-PM family members  security

(5)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Crime  

(6)   Deputy Commissioner of Police - Traffic 

(7)   Deputy Commissioner of Police – Public Relation Officer

Armed Reserve

(1) Deputy Commissioner of Police - City Armed  Reserve (Hq.)  

(2) Deputy Commissioner of Police - City Armed Reserve (South)

(3) Deputy Commissioner of Police - City Armed Reserve (North)

 

2042. For the effective maintenance of law and order  and control of crimes and criminals, the territorial jurisdiction of the Deputy Commissioners of Police is further divided into 15 sub-divisions, 86 Police stations and 5 Out-posts apart from a separate detachment for traffic regulations consisting of  5 ACPs divisions, 16 traffic zones and proportional number of traffic sub-zones under one Deputy Commissioner of Police in charge traffic.

 

      Apart from the above 20 ACPs there are  12 more ACPs in the city performing various  other functions, as follows:

       (1)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- Intelligence (field)

(2)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- Intelligence (Admn.)

(3)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- Air Port Security    

(4)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- Traffic Training Institute

(5)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- City Crime Record Section

(6)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police-CCB (Women & Narcotic Squad)           

(7)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB (H&B Squad)  

(8)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB (H&B  Squad-II)

(9)    The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB(Special Enquiry)           

(10)  The Assistance Commissioner of Police- CCB (FS Squad)

      (11)  The Assistant Commissioner of Polilce  (Departmental Enquiries)        

      (12)              The Assistant  Commissioner  of Police (Control Room)

 

ARMED RESERVE

2043.    For the purpose of easy mobility, convenience and better control the City Armed Reserve in Bangalore city is divided into three units, each under the charge of one DCP and these Units are placed at the following  locations:

           

            1. HQ unit at Sirsi circle Mysore Road

            2. CAR South unit at Adugodi

            3. CAR North unit at Thanisandra.

 

            Each unit is headed by a Deputy Commissioner of Police, who is assisted by the required number of ACPs, RPIs and other subordinate staff.

 

            The functioning of Armed Reserve has been dealt in detail in Chapter No. XLII

 

DUTIES OF OFFICERS

2044. (1) Commissioner of Police -                   

(a) The Commissioner of Police  has been declared as a major head of the department under rule 8(21) of the KCSR’s Rules.  He will function  subject to the over all control and supervision of the Director General and Inspector General of Police.

 

            (b)  He shall exercise such powers, perform such functions and duties and shall have such responsibilities and authority as are provided by or under the Karnataka Police Act 1963 and also  as may other wise be directed by the Government by General or Special Order and by the Director General and Inspector General of Police from time to time.  The Commissioner of Police will supervise the functioning of the police force attached to Bangalore city commissionerate.        

 

            (c)  He is responsible for the maintenance of  Law and Order, prevention of crime, detection and investigation of cases reported and the effective prosecution of the cases and also for providing security to the VVIPs in the city.  .  

 

            (d)  He shall supervise  the working of the units under him in conformity with the prescribed procedure and conduct inspections of these units as per Order No. 604 of this manual..           

 

            (e)  He will  submit his monthly diary to the Director General and Inspector General of Police.             

 

            (f) He shall offer remarks on the monthly diaries of  the Additional  Commissioners of Police working under him and forward it to the Director General & Inspector General of Police.             

           

            (g)  He may issue such circulars, orders as are necessary for the effective administration of  the city police force under his charge in conformity, without controvening any  orders issued by the higher authorities.       

                       

            (h)  He shall exercise all the powers of licensing authority in accordance with the provisions of the Arms Act and the Arms Rules.              

(i) He will be responsible for the modernisation of the city force and the city control room and the traffic control room, methods of computerisation of crime and other data pertaining to the city and assist in mmigration control.

            (j)  He shall exercise the powers conferred   on him by the Government under the Foreigners Act, Foreigners Rules, etc.,  He has been appointed as the registration officer for the foreigners under the Foreigners Rules 1939. He shall arrange to ensure that the movements and activities of the foreigners in his jurisdiction are in accordance with the prescribed laws and circular instructions.      

            (k) The Government have  appointed him as Civil authority for the city of Bangalore under Sub-Paragraph (2) of the Foreigners Order 1948.     

 

 

 

(2)  ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONERS OF  POLICE

 

(i)   Administration & Traffic

2045. (a) The Additional Commissioner of Police, Administration & Traffic will assist the Commissioner of Police in the day to day work of administration  and in the  supervision of effective traffic control.  He will supervise  the work of the DCP (Administration) and DCP (Traffic)  and shall perform such duties as are entrusted to him by the commissioner of police.  

(b) He has also the power of  Additional District Magistrate.      

            (c) He shall conduct inspection of the units as per the scale.

 

(ii) Additional Commissioner of Police - Crime

 

            (a)  Additional Commissioner of Police - Crime will assist the Commissioner of Police in the effective control of the crimes and in the detection  of the cases reported. 

            (b)  He will supervise the work of the Deputy Commissioner of Police -Crime and the work of the DCPs incharge of divisions  in the prevention and detection of cases and issue suitable instructions.      

            (c)  He will review the crime situation in the city periodically at the zonal level, divisional level and at the Police Station level and issue suitable instructions to the officers.     

            (d)  He shall closely supervise the investigation of sensational cases like kidnapping, Robbery, Dacoity, etc.    

            (e)  He will also supervise the working of the City Crime Record Bureau in the collection  and storing of  information as well as working of the City Crime Branch.             

(f) He should co-ordinate with the unit officers in the effective control of the crimes in the city and ensure that schemes involving public co-operation like the NEIGHBOURHOOD WATCH SCHEME effectively function.

            (g) He shall conduct inspections of the units as per the scale. 

(iii)  Additional Commissioner of Police - City Armed Reserve & VIP Security

 

            (a)  The Additional Commissioner of Police - City Armed Reserve & VIP Security will assist the Commissioner of Police in the maintenance of  high standard of discipline in the city Armed Force, and in providing adequate security to the  dignitaries  and the VIPs visiting the City.               

 

 

            (b)  He will supervise and co-ordinate the work of the Deputy Commissioners of Police City Armed Reserve  and the VIP security and Ex-PM family security working under him and issue suitable instructions whenever required.          

 

            (c)  He shall visit the head quarters of the armed reserve force periodically and listen to the grievances of the men and endeavour  to solve them.      

           

            (d)  He should visit to the police lines  and ensure that the welfare measures initiated out of benevolent fund are properly and effectively managed.         

            (e)  He shall ensure that the vehicles allotted to the city unit are kept in order by periodically checking them. 

 

            (f) He shall  pay personal attention  to the security arrangements made for  the VVIPs visiting the city.           

 

            (g)  He  shall liaise  with agencies like  protocol, KEB,  Telephones, PWD, City Corporation , fire force etc., to ensure that necessary assistance is extended to the city police in arranging effective security to the VVIPs.